Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 000-26719
MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Michigan   38-3360865
     
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
310 Leonard Street NW, Grand Rapids, Michigan   49504
     
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)
(616) 406-3000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
         
Title of each class       Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock       The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Large accelerated filer o       Accelerated filer þ       Non-accelerated filer o       Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No þ
The aggregate value of the common equity held by non-affiliates (persons other than directors and executive officers) of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of the common stock as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $211.9 million.
As of February 11, 2008, there were issued and outstanding 8,526,584 shares of the registrant’s common stock.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the proxy statement for the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders (Portions of Part III).
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
SIGNATURES
Amendment dated October 18, 2001 to Mercantile Bank of West Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors
Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors
First Amendment dated October 10, 2007 to the Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors
Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract
Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement
Form of First Amendment to the Mercantile Bank of Michigan Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement
Director Fee Summary
Form of Notice of Grant of Incentive Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Notification of Award and Terms and Conditions of Award
Lease Agreement
Subsidiaries of the Company
Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
Consent of Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
Section 1350 Chief Executive Officer Certification
Section 1350 Chief Financial Officer Certification


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Business.
The Company
     Mercantile Bank Corporation is a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). Unless the text clearly suggests otherwise, references to “us,” “we,” “our,” or “the company” include Mercantile Bank Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). We were organized on July 15, 1997, under the laws of the State of Michigan, primarily for the purpose of holding all of the stock of Mercantile Bank of Michigan (“our bank”), and of such other subsidiaries as we may acquire or establish. Our bank commenced business on December 15, 1997.
     Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company initiated business in October 2000 as a subsidiary of our bank, and was reorganized as Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC (“our mortgage company”), on January 1, 2004. Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc. (“our insurance company”), a subsidiary of our bank, commenced operations during 2002 to offer insurance products. Mercantile Bank Real Estate Co., L.L.C., (“our real estate company”), a subsidiary of our bank, was organized on July 21, 2003, principally to develop, construct and own our new facility in downtown Grand Rapids which serves as our bank’s new main office and Mercantile Bank Corporation’s headquarters. Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I (the “Mercantile trust”), a business trust subsidiary, was formed in September 2004 to issue trust preferred securities.
     To date we have raised capital from our initial public offering of common stock in October 1997, a public offering of common stock in July 1998, three private placements of common stock during 2001, a public offering of common stock in August 2001 and a public offering of common stock in September 2003. In addition, we raised capital through a public offering of $16.0 million of trust preferred securities in 1999, which was refinanced as part of a $32.0 million private placement of trust preferred securities in 2004. Our expenses have generally been paid using the proceeds of the capital sales and dividends from our bank. Our principal source of future operating funds is expected to be dividends from our bank.
     We filed an election to become a financial holding company, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended by Title I of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and implementing Federal Reserve Board regulations, which election became effective March 23, 2000.
Our Bank
     Our bank is a state banking company that operates under the laws of the State of Michigan, pursuant to a charter issued by the Michigan Office of Financial and Insurance Services. Our bank’s deposits are insured to the maximum extent permitted by law by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Our bank’s primary service area is the Kent and Ottawa County areas of West Michigan, which includes the City of Grand Rapids, the second largest city in the State of Michigan. In addition, our bank opened new offices in the cities of East Lansing and Ann Arbor, Michigan, during 2005, and in Novi, Michigan, during 2007.
     Our bank, through its nine offices, provides commercial and retail banking services primarily to small- to medium-sized businesses based in and around the Grand Rapids, Holland, Lansing, Ann Arbor and Oakland County areas. These offices consist of a main office located at 310 Leonard Street NW, Grand Rapids, Michigan, a combination branch and retail loan center located at 4613 Alpine Avenue NW, Comstock Park, Michigan, a combination branch and operations center located at 5610 Byron Center Avenue SW, Wyoming, Michigan, and branches located at 4860 Broadmoor Avenue SE, Kentwood, Michigan, 3156 Knapp Street NE, Grand Rapids, Michigan, 880 East 16 th Street, Holland, Michigan, 3737 Coolidge Road, East Lansing, Michigan, 325 Eisenhower Parkway, Ann Arbor, Michigan, and 28350 Cabot Drive, Novi, Michigan.

2


Table of Contents

     Our bank makes secured and unsecured commercial, construction, mortgage and consumer loans, and accepts checking, savings and time deposits. Our bank owns seven automated teller machines (“ATM”), located at our branch locations in Grand Rapids, Holland and East Lansing, that participate in the MAC, NYCE and PLUS regional network systems, as well as other ATM networks throughout the country. Our bank also enables customers to conduct certain loan and deposit transactions by telephone and personal computer. Courier service is provided to certain commercial customers, and safe deposit facilities are available at our branch locations in Grand Rapids, Holland and East Lansing. Our bank does not have trust powers. In December 2001, our bank entered into a joint brokerage services and marketing agreement with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc. to make available to its customers financial planning, retail brokerage, equity research, insurance and annuities, retirement planning, trust services and estate planning.
Our Mortgage Company
     Our mortgage company’s predecessor, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, commenced operations on October 24, 2000, when our bank contributed most of its residential mortgage loan portfolio and participation interests in certain commercial mortgage loans to Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company. On the same date, our bank also transferred its residential mortgage origination function to Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company. On January 1, 2004, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was reorganized as Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC, a limited liability company, which is 99% owned by our bank and 1% owned by our insurance company. The reorganization had no impact on the company’s financial position or results of operations. Mortgage loans originated and held by our mortgage company are serviced by our bank pursuant to a servicing agreement.
Our Insurance Company
     Our insurance company acquired an existing shelf insurance agency effective April 15, 2002. An Agency and Institution Agreement was entered into among our insurance company, our bank and Hub International for the purpose of providing programs of mass marketed personal lines of insurance. Insurance product offerings include private passenger automobile, homeowners, personal inland marine, boat owners, recreational vehicle, dwelling fire, umbrella policies, small business and life insurance products, all of which are provided by and written through companies that have appointed Hub International as their agent.
Our Real Estate Company
     Our real estate company was organized on July 21, 2003, principally to develop, construct and own our facility in downtown Grand Rapids that serves as our bank’s main office and Mercantile Bank Corporation’s headquarters. This facility was placed into service during the second quarter of 2005. Our real estate company is 99% owned by our bank and 1% owned by our insurance company.
The Mercantile Trust
     In 2004, we formed the Mercantile trust, a Delaware business trust. Mercantile trust’s business and affairs are conducted by its property trustee, a Delaware trust company, and three individual administrative trustees who are employees and officers of the company. Mercantile trust was established for the purpose of issuing and selling its Series A and Series B trust preferred securities and common securities, and used the proceeds from the sales of those securities to acquire Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes issued by the company. Substantially all of the net proceeds received by the company from the Series A transaction were used to redeem the trust preferred securities that had been issued by MBWM Capital Trust I in September 1999. We established MBWM Capital Trust I in 1999 to issue the trust preferred securities that were redeemed. Substantially all of the net proceeds received by the company from the Series B transaction were contributed to our bank as capital. The Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes are categorized on our consolidated financial statements as subordinated debentures. Additional information regarding Mercantile trust is incorporated by reference to “Note 15 — Subordinated Debentures” and “Note 16 — Regulatory Matters” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on pages F-58 through F-60.

3


Table of Contents

Effect of Government Monetary Policies
     Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies, and the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policies have had, and will likely continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order to, among other things, curb inflation, maintain employment, and mitigate economic recessions. The policies of the Federal Reserve Board have a major effect upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities, and through its regulation of, among other things, the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. Our bank maintains reserves directly with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to the extent required by law. It is not possible to predict the nature and impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.
Regulation and Supervision
     As a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, we are required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve Board and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require. We are also subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board.
     The Bank Holding Company Act limits the activities of bank holding companies that have not qualified as financial holding companies to banking and the management of banking organizations, and to certain non-banking activities. These non-banking activities include those activities that the Federal Reserve Board found, by order or regulation as of the day prior to enactment of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking. These non-banking activities include, among other things: operating a mortgage company, finance company, or factoring company; performing certain data processing operations; providing certain investment and financial advice; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing property on a full-payout, nonoperating basis; and providing discount securities brokerage services for customers. With the exception of the activities of our mortgage company discussed above, neither we nor any of our subsidiaries engages in any of the non-banking activities listed above.
     In March 2000, our election to become a financial holding company, as permitted by the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended by Title I of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, was accepted by the Federal Reserve Board. In order to continue as a financial holding company, we and our bank must satisfy statutory requirements regarding capitalization, management, and compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. As a financial holding company, we are permitted to engage in a broader range of activities than are permitted to bank holding companies.
     Those expanded activities include any activity which the Federal Reserve Board (in certain instances in consultation with the Department of the Treasury) determines, by order or regulation, to be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity, or to be complementary to a financial activity and not to pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. Such expanded activities include, among others: insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability or death, or issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker for such purposes; providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising a mutual fund; and underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities. Other than the insurance agency activities of our insurance company, neither we nor our subsidiaries presently engage in any of the expanded activities.
     Our bank is subject to restrictions imposed by federal law and regulation. Among other things, these restrictions apply to any extension of credit to us or to our other subsidiaries, to investments in stock or other securities that we issue, to the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower, and to acquisitions of assets or services from, and sales of certain types of assets to, us or our other subsidiaries. Federal law restricts our ability to borrow from our bank by limiting the aggregate amount we may borrow and by requiring that all loans to us be secured in designated amounts by specified forms of collateral.

4


Table of Contents

     With respect to the acquisition of banking organizations, we are generally required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before we can acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or acquire ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank or bank holding company, if, after the acquisition, we would own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of the bank or bank holding company. Acquisitions of banking organizations across state lines are subject to certain restrictions imposed by Federal and state laws and regulations.
Employees
     As of December 31, 2007, we and our bank employed 273 full-time and 75 part-time persons. Management believes that relations with employees are good.
Lending Policy
     As a routine part of our business, we make loans and leases to businesses and individuals located within our market areas. Our lending policy states that the function of the lending operation is twofold: to provide a means for the investment of funds at a profitable rate of return with an acceptable degree of risk, and to meet the credit needs of the creditworthy businesses and individuals who are our customers. We recognize that in the normal business of lending, some losses on loans and leases will be inevitable and should be considered a part of the normal cost of doing business.
     Our lending policy anticipates that priorities in extending loans and leases will be modified from time to time as interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors change. The policy sets forth guidelines on a nondiscriminatory basis for lending in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. The policy describes various criteria for granting loans and leases, including the ability to pay; the character of the customer; evidence of financial responsibility; purpose of the loan or lease; knowledge of collateral and its value; terms of repayment; source of repayment; payment history; and economic conditions.
     The lending policy further limits the amount of funds that may be loaned or leased against specified types of real estate collateral. For certain loans secured by real estate, the policy requires an appraisal of the property offered as collateral by a state certified independent appraiser. The policy also provides general guidelines for loan to value and lease to value limits for other types of collateral, such as accounts receivable and machinery and equipment. In addition, the policy provides general guidelines as to environmental analysis, loans to employees, executive officers and directors, problem loan and lease identification, maintenance of an allowance for loan and lease losses, loan and lease review and grading, mortgage and consumer lending, and other matters relating to our lending practices.
     The Board of Directors has delegated significant lending authority to officers of our bank. The Board of Directors believes this empowerment, supported by our strong credit culture and the significant experience of our commercial lending staff, makes us responsive to our customers. The loan policy currently specifies lending authority for certain officers up to $5.0 million, and $10.0 million for our bank’s Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; however, the $10.0 million lending authority is generally used only in rare circumstances where timing is of the essence. Generally, loan requests exceeding $2.5 million require approval by the Officers Loan Committee, and loan requests exceeding $4.0 million, up to the legal lending limit of approximately $33.6 million, require approval by the Board of Directors. In most circumstances, we apply an in-house lending limit that is significantly less than our bank’s legal lending limit.
Lending Activity
      Commercial Loans. Our commercial lending group originates commercial loans and leases primarily in our market areas. Our commercial lenders have extensive commercial lending experience, with most having at least ten years’ experience. Loans and leases are originated for general business purposes, including working capital, accounts receivable financing, machinery and equipment acquisition, and commercial real estate financing, including new construction and land development.

5


Table of Contents

     Working capital loans are often structured as a line of credit and are reviewed periodically in connection with the borrower’s year-end financial reporting. These loans are generally secured by substantially all of the assets of the borrower, and have an interest rate tied to the national prime rate. Loans and leases for machinery and equipment purposes typically have a maturity of three to five years and are fully amortizing, while commercial real estate loans are usually written with a five-year maturity and amortize over a 15 to 20 year period. Commercial loans and leases typically have an interest rate that is fixed to maturity or is tied to the national prime rate.
     We evaluate many aspects of a commercial loan or lease transaction in order to minimize credit and interest rate risk. Underwriting includes an assessment of the management, products, markets, cash flow, capital, income and collateral. This analysis includes a review of the borrower’s historical and projected financial results. Appraisals are generally required by certified independent appraisers where real estate is the primary collateral, and in some cases, where equipment is the primary collateral. In certain situations, for creditworthy customers, we may accept title reports instead of requiring lenders’ policies of title insurance.
     Commercial real estate lending involves more risk than residential lending because loan balances are greater and repayment is dependent upon the borrower’s business operations. We attempt to minimize the risks associated with these transactions by generally limiting our commercial real estate lending to owner-operated properties of well-known customers or new customers whose businesses have an established profitable history. In many cases, risk is further reduced by limiting the amount of credit to any one borrower to an amount considerably less than our legal lending limit and avoiding certain types of commercial real estate financings.
     We have no material foreign loans, and no material loans to energy producing customers. We have only limited exposure to companies engaged in agricultural-related activities.
      Single-Family Residential Real Estate Loans. Our mortgage company originates single-family residential real estate loans in our market area, usually according to secondary market underwriting standards. Loans not conforming to those standards are made in limited circumstances. Single-family residential real estate loans provide borrowers with a fixed or adjustable interest rate with terms up to 30 years.
     Our bank has a home equity line of credit program. Home equity credit is generally secured by either a first or second mortgage on the borrower’s primary residence. The program provides revolving credit at a rate tied to the national prime rate.
      Consumer Loans. We originate consumer loans for a variety of personal financial needs, including new and used automobiles, boat loans, credit cards and overdraft protection for our checking account customers. Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates and usually involve more credit risk than single-family residential real estate loans because of the type and nature of the collateral.
     We believe our consumer loans are underwritten carefully, with a strong emphasis on the amount of the down payment, credit quality, employment stability and monthly income of the borrower. These loans are generally repaid on a monthly repayment schedule with the source of repayment tied to the borrower’s periodic income. In addition, consumer lending collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and are thus likely to be adversely affected by job loss, illness and personal bankruptcy. In many cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of depreciation of the underlying collateral.
     We believe that the generally higher yields earned on consumer loans compensate for the increased credit risk associated with such loans, and that consumer loans are important to our efforts to serve the credit needs of the communities and customers that we serve.

6


Table of Contents

Loan and Lease Portfolio Quality
     We utilize a comprehensive grading system for our commercial loans and leases as well as residential mortgage and consumer loans. All commercial loans and leases are graded on a ten grade rating system. The rating system utilizes standardized grade paradigms that analyze several critical factors such as cash flow, management and collateral coverage. All commercial loans and leases are graded at inception and reviewed at various intervals thereafter. Residential mortgage and consumer loans are graded on a random sampling basis after the loan has been made using a separate standardized grade paradigm that analyzes several critical factors such as debt-to-income and credit and employment histories.
     Our independent loan and lease review program is primarily responsible for the administration of the grading system and ensuring adherence to established lending policies and procedures. The loan and lease review program is an integral part of maintaining our strong asset quality culture. The loan and lease review function works closely with senior management, although it functionally reports to the Board of Directors. All commercial loan and lease relationships equal to or exceeding $1.8 million are formally reviewed every twelve months, with a random sampling performed on credits under $1.8 million. Our watch list credits are reviewed monthly by our Watch List Committee, which is comprised of personnel from the administration, lending and loan and lease review functions.
     Loans and leases are placed in a nonaccrual status when, in our opinion, uncertainty exists as to the ultimate collection of principal and interest. As of December 31, 2007, loans and leases placed in nonaccrual status totaled $28.8 million, or 1.60% of total loans and leases. As of the same date, loans and leases past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest totaled $1.0 million, or 0.05% of total loans and leases. As of December 31, 2007, there were no other significant loans and leases where known information about credit problems of borrowers warranted the placing of the loans or leases in a nonaccrual status.
     Additional detail and information relative to the loan and lease portfolio is incorporated by reference to Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (“Management’s Discussion and Analysis”) beginning on Page F-4 and Note 3 of the Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-46 and F-47 included in this Annual Report.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
     In each accounting period, we adjust the allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) to the amount we believe is necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. Through the loan and lease review and credit departments, we attempt to allocate specific portions of the allowance based on specifically identifiable problem loans and leases. The evaluation of the allowance is further based on, but not limited to, consideration of the internally prepared Reserve Analysis, composition of the loan and lease portfolio, third party analysis of the loan and lease administration processes and portfolio and general economic conditions. In addition, the historical strong commercial loan and lease growth and expansions into new markets are taken into account.
     The Reserve Analysis, used since our inception and completed monthly, applies reserve allocation factors to outstanding loan and lease balances to calculate an overall allowance dollar amount. For commercial loans and leases, which continue to comprise a vast majority of our total loans and leases, reserve allocation factors are based upon the loan ratings as determined by our standardized grade paradigms. For retail loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the type of credit. Adjustments for specific lending relationships, including impaired loans and leases, are made on a case-by-case basis. The reserve allocation factors are primarily based on the recent levels and historical trends of net loan charge-offs and non-performing assets, the comparison of the recent levels and historical trends of net loan charge-offs and non-performing assets with a customized peer group consisting of ten similarly-sized publicly traded banking organizations conducting business in the states of Michigan, Illinois, Indiana or Ohio, the review and consideration of our loan and lease migration analysis and the experience of senior management making similar loans and leases for an extensive period of time. We regularly review the Reserve Analysis and make adjustments periodically based upon identifiable trends and experience.

7


Table of Contents

     We believe that the present allowance is adequate, based on the broad range of considerations listed above.
     The primary risks associated with commercial loans and leases are the financial condition of the borrower, the sufficiency of collateral, and lack of timely payment. We have a policy of requesting and reviewing periodic financial statements from our commercial loan and lease customers, and periodically reviewing existence of collateral and its value. The primary risk element that we consider for consumer and residential real estate loans is lack of timely payment. We have a reporting system that monitors past due loans and have adopted policies to pursue our creditor’s rights in order to preserve our bank’s collateral position.
     Additional detail regarding the allowance is incorporated by reference to Management’s Discussion and Analysis beginning on Page F-4 and Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company on pages F-46 and F-47 included in this Annual Report.
     Although we believe the allowance is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses as they arise, there can be no assurance that we will not sustain losses in any given period which could be substantial in relation to, or greater than, the size of the allowance.
Investments
      Bank Holding Company Investments . The principal investments of our bank holding company are the investments in the common stock of our bank and the common securities of Mercantile trust. Other funds of our bank holding company may be invested from time to time in various debt instruments.
     As a bank holding company, we are also permitted to make portfolio investments in equity securities and to make equity investments in subsidiaries engaged in a variety of non-banking activities, which include real estate-related activities such as community development, real estate appraisals, arranging equity financing for commercial real estate, and owning and operating real estate used substantially by our bank or acquired for its future use. In addition, our bank holding company’s qualification as a financial holding company enables us to make equity investments in companies engaged in a broader range of financial activities than we could do without that qualification. Such expanded activities include insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability or death, or issuing annuities, and acting as principal, agent, or broker for such purposes; providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising a mutual fund; and underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities. Our bank holding company has no plans at this time to make directly any of these equity investments at the bank holding company level. Our Board of Directors may, however, alter the investment policy at any time without shareholder approval.
     In addition, so long as our bank holding company is qualified as a financial holding company, it would be permitted, as part of the business of underwriting or merchant banking activity and under certain circumstances and procedures, to invest in shares or other ownership interests in, or assets of, companies engaged in non-financial activities. In order to make those investments, our bank holding company would be required (i) to become, or to have an affiliate that is, a registered securities broker or dealer or a registered municipal securities dealer, or (ii) to control both an insurance company predominantly engaged in underwriting life, accident and health, or property and casualty insurance (other than credit insurance) or issuing annuities, and a registered investment adviser that furnishes investment advice to an insurance company. We do not currently have any securities, insurance, or investment advisory affiliates of the required types, nor does our bank holding company have any current plans to make any of the equity investments described in this paragraph.

8


Table of Contents

      Our Bank’s Investments . Our bank may invest its funds in a wide variety of debt instruments and may participate in the federal funds market with other depository institutions. Subject to certain exceptions, our bank is prohibited from investing in equity securities. Among the equity investments permitted for our bank under various conditions and subject in some instances to amount limitations, are shares of a subsidiary insurance agency, mortgage company, real estate company, or Michigan business and industrial development company, such as our insurance company, our mortgage company, or our real estate company. Under another such exception, in certain circumstances and with prior notice to or approval of the FDIC, our bank could invest up to 10% of its total assets in the equity securities of a subsidiary corporation engaged in the acquisition and development of real property for sale, or the improvement of real property by construction or rehabilitation of residential or commercial units for sale or lease. Our bank has no present plans to make such an investment. Real estate acquired by our bank in satisfaction of or foreclosure upon loans may be held by our bank for specified periods. Our bank is also permitted to invest in such real estate as is necessary for the convenient transaction of its business. Our bank’s Board of Directors may alter the bank’s investment policy without shareholder approval at any time.
     Additional detail and information relative to the securities portfolio is incorporated by reference to Management’s Discussion and Analysis beginning on Page F-4 and Note 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-43 through F-45 included in this Annual Report.
Competition
     Our primary markets for loans and core deposits are the Grand Rapids, Holland, Lansing, Ann Arbor and Oakland County metropolitan areas. We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. We compete for deposits, loans and other financial services with numerous Michigan-based and out-of-state banks, savings banks, thrifts, credit unions and other financial institutions as well as from other entities that provide financial services. Some of the financial institutions and financial service organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as we are. Many of our primary competitors have been in business for many years, have established customer bases, are larger, have substantially higher lending limits than we do, and offer larger branch networks and other services which we do not. Most of these same entities have greater capital resources than we do, which, among other things, may allow them to price their services at levels more favorable to the customer and to provide larger credit facilities than we do. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, effective March 11, 2000, securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act affects the competitive environment in which we conduct our business. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services.
Selected Statistical Information
     Management’s Discussion and Analysis beginning on Page F-4 in this Annual Report includes selected statistical information.
Return on Equity and Assets
     Return on Equity and Asset information is included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis beginning on Page F-4 in this Annual Report.
Available Information
     We maintain an internet website at www.mercbank.com . We make available on or through our website, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practical after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not intend the address of our website to be an active link or to otherwise incorporate the contents of our website into this Annual Report.

9


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors.
     The following risk factors could affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report because they could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements. Before you buy our common stock, you should know that investing in our common stock involves risks, including the risks described below. The risks that are highlighted here are not the only ones we face. If the adverse matters referred to in any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or operations could be adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Adverse changes in economic conditions or interest rates may negatively affect our earnings, capital and liquidity.
     The results of operations for financial institutions, including our bank, may be materially and adversely affected by changes in prevailing local and national economic conditions, including declines in real estate market values and the related declines in value of our real estate collateral, rapid increases or decreases in interest rates and changes in the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government. Our profitability is heavily influenced by the spread between the interest rates we earn on loans and investments and the interest rates we pay on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. Substantially all of our loans are to businesses and individuals in western, south central, or southeastern Michigan, and any decline in the economy of these areas could adversely affect us. Like most banking institutions, our net interest spread and margin will be affected by general economic conditions and other factors that influence market interest rates and our ability to respond to changes in these rates. At any given time, our assets and liabilities may be such that they will be affected differently by a given change in interest rates.
Our credit losses could increase and our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan losses.
     The risk of nonpayment of loans is inherent in all lending activities, and nonpayment, when it occurs, may have a materially adverse effect on our earnings and overall financial condition as well as the value of our common stock. Our focus on commercial lending may result in a larger concentration of loans to small businesses. As a result, we may assume different or greater lending risks than other banks. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for losses based on several factors. If our assumptions are wrong, our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be sufficient to cover our losses, which would have an adverse effect on our operating results. The actual amounts of future provisions for loan and lease losses cannot be determined at this time and may exceed the amounts of past provisions. Additions to our allowance for loan and lease losses decrease our net income.
We rely heavily on our management and other key personnel, and the loss of any of them may adversely affect our operations.
     We are and will continue to be dependent upon the services of our management team, including Michael H. Price, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, and our other senior managers. The loss of Mr. Price, or any of our other senior managers, could have an adverse effect on our growth and performance. We have entered into employment contracts with Mr. Price and two other executive officers. The contracts provide for a three year employment period that is extended for an additional year each year unless a notice is given indicating that the contract will not be extended.

10


Table of Contents

     In addition, we continue to depend on our city presidents and key commercial loan officers. Our city presidents and several of our commercial loan officers are responsible, or share responsibility, for generating and managing a significant portion of our commercial loan and lease portfolio. Our success can be attributed in large part to the relationships these officers as well as members of our management team have developed and are able to maintain with our customers as we continue to implement our community banking philosophy. The loss of any of these commercial loan officers could adversely affect our loan and lease portfolio and performance, and our ability to generate new loans and leases. Many of our key employees have signed agreements with us agreeing not to compete with us in one or more of our markets for specified time periods if they leave employment with us.
     Some of the other financial institutions in our markets also require their key employees to sign agreements that preclude or limit their ability to leave their employment and compete with them or solicit their customers. These agreements make it more difficult for us to hire loan officers with experience in our markets who can immediately solicit their former or new customers on our behalf.
Decline in the availability of out-of-area deposits could cause liquidity or interest rate margin concerns, or limit our growth.
     We have utilized and expect to continue to utilize out-of-area or wholesale deposits to support our asset growth. These deposits are generally a lower cost source of funds when compared to the interest rates that we would have to offer in our local markets to generate a commensurate level of funds. In addition, the overhead costs associated with wholesale deposits are considerably less than the overhead costs we would incur to obtain and administer a similar level of local deposits. A decline in the availability of these wholesale deposits would require us to fund our growth with more costly funding sources, which could reduce our net interest margin, limit our growth, reduce our asset size, or increase our overhead costs. Wholesale deposits include deposits obtained through brokers. If a bank is not well capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits.
Future sales of our common stock or other securities may dilute the value of our common stock.
     In many situations, our Board of Directors has the authority, without any vote of our shareholders, to issue shares of our authorized but unissued stock, including shares authorized and unissued under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006. In the future, we may issue additional securities, through public or private offerings, in order to raise additional capital. Any such issuance would dilute the percentage of ownership interest of existing shareholders and may dilute the per share book value of the common stock. In addition, option holders under our stock-based incentive plans may exercise their options at a time when we would otherwise be able to obtain additional equity capital on more favorable terms.
Our growth and expansion may be limited by many factors.
     Our primary growth strategy has been to grow internally by increasing our business in the western Michigan area, and more recently in the Lansing, Ann Arbor and Oakland County areas of Michigan. We are also considering other areas in which we may expand our business. This internal growth strategy depends in large part on generating an increasing level of loans and deposits at acceptable risk and interest rate levels without commensurate increases in non-interest expenses. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in continuing our growth strategy due to delays and other impediments resulting from regulatory oversight, limited availability of qualified personnel and favorable and cost effective branch sites, and management time, capital, and expenses required to develop new branch sites and markets. In addition, the success of our growth strategy will depend on maintaining sufficient regulatory capital levels and on adequate economic conditions in our market areas.

11


Table of Contents

     In addition, although we have no current plans to do so, we may acquire banks, related businesses or branches of other financial institutions that we believe provide a strategic fit with our business. To the extent that we grow through acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other banks, businesses, or branches involves risks commonly associated with acquisitions, including exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities and asset quality issues, difficulty and expense of integrating the operations and personnel, potential disruption to our business including the diversion of management’s time and attention, and the possible loss of key employees and customers.
Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.
     We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. We compete for deposits, loans and other financial services with numerous Michigan-based and out-of-state banks, thrifts, credit unions and other financial institutions as well as other entities that provide financial services, including securities firms and mutual funds. Some of the financial institutions and financial service organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as we are. Most of our competitors have been in business for many years, have established customer bases, are larger, have substantially higher lending limits than we do and offer branch networks and other services which we do not, including trust and international banking services. Most of these entities have greater capital and other resources than we do, which, among other things, may allow them to price their services at levels more favorable to the customer and to provide larger credit facilities than we do. This competition may limit our growth or earnings. Under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, effective March 11, 2000, securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act affects the competitive environment in which we conduct business. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. These technological advances may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between parties.
We are subject to significant government regulation, and any regulatory changes may adversely affect us.
     The banking industry is heavily regulated under both federal and state law. These regulations are primarily intended to protect customers, not our creditors or shareholders. Existing state and federal banking laws subject us to substantial limitations with respect to the making of loans, the purchase of securities, the payment of dividends and many other aspects of our business. Some of these laws may benefit us, others may increase our costs of doing business, or otherwise adversely affect us and create competitive advantages for others. Regulations affecting banks and financial services companies undergo continuous change, and we cannot predict the ultimate effect of these changes, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability or financial condition. Federal economic and monetary policy may also affect our ability to attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads.
We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.
     The banking industry is undergoing technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.

12


Table of Contents

Our Articles of Incorporation and By-laws and the laws of Michigan contain provisions that may discourage or prevent a takeover of our company and reduce any takeover premium.
     Our Articles of Incorporation and By-laws, and the corporate laws of the State of Michigan, include provisions which are designed to provide our Board of Directors with time to consider whether a hostile takeover offer is in our and our shareholders’ best interest. These provisions, however, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. The provisions also could diminish the opportunities for a holder of our common stock to participate in tender offers, including tender offers at a price above the then-current market price for our common stock. These provisions could also prevent transactions in which our shareholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares over then-current market prices, and may limit the ability of our shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in their best interests.
     The Michigan Business Corporation Act contains provisions intended to protect shareholders and prohibit or discourage various types of hostile takeover activities. In addition to these provisions and the provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, federal law requires the Federal Reserve Board’s approval prior to acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. All of these provisions may delay or prevent a change in control without action by our shareholders and could adversely affect the price of our common stock.
There is a limited trading market for our common stock.
     The price of our common stock has been, and will likely continue to be, subject to fluctuations based on, among other things, economic and market conditions for bank holding companies and the stock market in general, as well as changes in investor perceptions of our company. The issuance of new shares of our common stock also may affect the market for our common stock.
     Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MBWM”. The development and maintenance of an active public trading market depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is beyond our control. While we are a publicly-traded company, the volume of trading activity in our stock is still relatively limited. Even if a more active market develops, there can be no assurance that such a market will continue, or that our shareholders will be able to sell their shares at or above the offering price.
     We have paid a 5% stock dividend on our common stock each year since 2001, and have paid a quarterly cash dividend each quarter beginning with the first quarter of 2003. While we expect to continue paying cash dividends, there is no assurance that we will continue to do so.
Our business is subject to operational risks.
     We, like most financial institutions, are exposed to many types of operational risks, including the risk of fraud by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors. Operational errors may include clerical or record keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. Given our volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully corrected. Our necessary dependence upon automated systems to record and process our transaction volume may further increase the risk that technical system flaws or employee tampering or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect.

13


Table of Contents

     We may also be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, including, for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages, which may give rise to losses in service to customers and to loss or liability to us. We are further exposed to the risk that our external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations to us, or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as are we, and to the risk that our or our vendors’ business continuity and data security systems prove not to be sufficiently adequate. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures prove inadequate or are circumvented, causing delays in detection or errors in information. Although we maintain a system of controls designed to keep operational risk at appropriate levels, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from operational risks in the future that may be material in amount.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
     We have received no written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission that were issued 180 days or more before the end of our 2007 fiscal year and that remain unresolved.
Item 2. Properties.
     During 2005, our bank placed into service a new four-story facility located approximately two miles north from the center of downtown Grand Rapids. This facility serves as the Company’s headquarters and our bank’s main office, and houses the administration function, our bank’s commercial lending and review function, our bank’s loan operations function, a full service branch, portions of our bank’s retail lending and business development function and our bank’s retail brokerage operation. The facility consists of approximately 55,000 square feet of usable space and contains multiple drive-through lanes with ample parking. The land and building are owned by our real estate company. The address of this facility is 310 Leonard Street NW, Grand Rapids, Michigan.
     Our bank designed and constructed a full service branch and retail loan facility which opened in July of 1999 in Alpine Township, a northwest suburb of Grand Rapids. The facility is one story and has approximately 8,000 square feet of usable space. The land and building are owned by our bank. The facility has multiple drive-through lanes and ample parking space. The address of this facility is 4613 Alpine Avenue NW, Comstock Park, Michigan.
     During 2001, our bank designed and constructed two facilities on a 4-acre parcel of land located in the City of Wyoming, a southwest suburb of Grand Rapids. The land had been purchased by our bank in 2000. The larger of the two buildings is a full service branch and deposit operations facility which opened in September of 2001. The facility is two-stories and has approximately 25,000 square feet of usable space. The facility has multiple drive-through lanes and ample parking space. The address of this facility is 5610 Byron Center Avenue SW, Wyoming, Michigan. The other building is a single-story facility with approximately 11,000 square feet of usable space. Our bank’s accounting, audit, loss prevention and wire transfer functions are housed in this building, which underwent a renovation in 2005 that almost doubled its size. The address of this facility is 5650 Byron Center Avenue SW, Wyoming, Michigan.
     During 2002, our bank designed and constructed a full service branch which opened in December of 2002 in the City of Kentwood, a southeast suburb of Grand Rapids. The land had been purchased by our bank in 2001. The facility is one story and has approximately 10,000 square feet of usable space. The facility has multiple drive-through lanes and ample parking space. The address of this facility is 4860 Broadmoor Avenue SW, Kentwood, Michigan.
     During 2003, our bank designed and constructed a full service branch in the northeast quadrant of the City of Grand Rapids. The land had been purchased by our bank in 2002. The facility is one story and has

14


Table of Contents

approximately 3,500 square feet of usable space. The facility has multiple drive-through lanes and ample parking space. The address of this facility is 3156 Knapp Street NE, Grand Rapids, Michigan.
     During 2003, our bank designed and started construction of a new two-story facility located in Holland, Michigan. This facility, which was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004, serves as a full service banking center for the Holland area, including commercial lending, retail lending and a full service branch. The facility, which is owned by our bank, consists of approximately 30,000 square feet of usable space and contains multiple drive-through lanes with ample parking. The address of this facility is 880 East 16 th Street, Holland, Michigan.
     During 2005, our bank opened a branch facility in the City of Ann Arbor, Michigan. The facility is one story and has approximately 10,000 square feet of usable space. The facility is operated under a lease agreement between our bank and a third party, and serves as a full service banking center for the Ann Arbor area, including commercial lending, retail lending and a full service branch. There is ample parking space, but no drive-through lanes. The address of this facility is 325 Eisenhower Parkway, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
     During 2006, our bank purchased approximately 3 acres of vacant land and designed and initiated construction of a new three-story facility in East Lansing, Michigan. This facility was completed during the second quarter of 2007, and serves as a full service banking center for the greater Lansing area, including commercial lending, retail lending, and a full service branch. The facility consists of approximately 27,000 square feet of usable space and contains multiple drive-through lanes with ample parking. The address of this facility is 3737 Coolidge Road, East Lansing, Michigan.
     During 2007, our bank opened a branch facility in the City of Novi, Michigan. The facility is one story and has approximately 8,600 square feet of usable space. The facility is operated under a lease agreement between our bank and a third party, and serves as a full service banking center for the Oakland County area, including commercial lending, retail lending and a full service branch. There is ample parking space, but no drive-through lanes. The address of this facility is 28350 Cabot Road, Novi, Michigan.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
     From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings that are incidental to our business. In the opinion of management, we are not a party to any legal proceedings that are material to our financial condition, either individually or in the aggregate.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
     None
PART II
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
     Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “MBWM”. At February 11, 2008, there were 301 record holders of our common stock. In addition, we estimate that there were approximately 4,000 beneficial owners of our common stock who own their shares through brokers or banks.

15


Table of Contents

     The following table shows the high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market for the periods indicated and the quarterly cash dividends paid by us during those periods. The prices have been adjusted for the 5% stock dividends paid on May 4, 2007 and May 16, 2006.
                         
    High   Low   Dividend
2007
                       
First Quarter
  $ 36.62     $ 29.30     $ 0.13  
Second Quarter
    31.43       26.59       0.14  
Third Quarter
    27.40       19.86       0.14  
Fourth Quarter
    22.70       14.49       0.14  
 
                       
2006
                       
First Quarter
  $ 36.38     $ 34.01     $ 0.11  
Second Quarter
    39.57       33.61       0.12  
Third Quarter
    39.10       35.16       0.12  
Fourth Quarter
    38.87       35.30       0.12  
     Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends that the Board of Directors may declare from time to time. We may only pay dividends out of funds that are legally available for that purpose. We are a holding company and substantially all of our assets are held by our subsidiaries. Our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders depends primarily on our bank’s ability to pay dividends to us. Dividend payments and extensions of credit to us from our bank are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and current and retained earnings, imposed by law and regulatory agencies with authority over our bank. The ability of our bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. In addition, under the terms of our subordinated debentures, we would be precluded from paying dividends on our common stock if an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the subordinated debentures, or if we exercised our right to defer payments of interest on the subordinated debentures, until the deferral ended.
     On January 8, 2008, we declared a $0.15 per share cash dividend on our common stock, payable on March 10, 2008 to record holders as of February 8, 2008. We currently expect to continue to pay a quarterly cash dividend, although there can be no assurance that we will continue to do so.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
     We did not purchase any shares of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2007.
Shareholder Return Performance Graph
     Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return on our common stock (based on the last reported sales price of the respective year) with the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Composite Index and the SNL Nasdaq Bank Index from December 31, 2002 through December 31, 2007. The following is based on an investment of $100 on December 31, 2002 in our common stock, the Nasdaq Composite Index and the SNL Nasdaq Bank Index, with dividends reinvested where applicable.

16


Table of Contents

(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
                                                                 
 
        Period Ending  
  Index     12/31/02     12/31/03     12/31/04     12/31/05     12/31/06     12/31/07  
 
Mercantile Bank Corporation
      100.00         163.88         188.10         194.47         202.59         89.59    
 
NASDAQ Composite
      100.00         150.01         162.89         165.13         180.85         198.60    
 
SNL Bank NASDAQ Index
      100.00         129.08         147.94         143.43         161.02         126.42    
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
     The Selected Financial Data on page F-3 in this Annual Report is incorporated here by reference.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.
     Management’s Discussion and Analysis on pages F-4 through F-23 in this Annual Report is incorporated here by reference.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
     The information under the heading “Market Risk Analysis” on pages F-24 through F-26 in this Annual Report is incorporated here by reference.

17


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
     The Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and the Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms on pages F-27 through F-29 in this Annual Report are incorporated here by reference.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
     We previously reported a change in our registered public accounting firm from Crowe Chizek and Company LLC to BDO Seidman, LLP. On September 19, 2006, we filed a report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission reporting the change of accountants and making related disclosures.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
     As of December 31, 2007, an evaluation was performed under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2007.
     There have been no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2007, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
     Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
     Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. This evaluation was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework , our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2007.
     Our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting which is included in this Annual Report.
Item 9B. Other Information.
     None

18


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
     The information presented under the captions “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance — Code of Ethics” in the definitive Proxy Statement of Mercantile for our April 24, 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”), a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission before the meeting date, is incorporated here by reference.
     We have a separately-designated standing audit committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The members of the Audit Committee consist of Betty S. Burton, David M. Cassard, David M. Hecht, Calvin D. Murdock, Merle J. Prins and Timothy O. Schad. The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Cassard, Murdock and Schad, members of the Audit Committee, are qualified as audit committee financial experts, as that term is defined in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Messrs. Cassard, Murdock and Schad are independent, as independence for audit committee members is defined in the Nasdaq listing standards and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
     The information presented under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Corporate Governance — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated here by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
     The information presented under the caption “Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated here by reference.

19


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information
     The following table summarizes information, as of December 31, 2007, relating to compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.
                         
                    Number of securities
                    remaining available for
                    future issuance under
    Number of securities to   Weighted average   equity compensation
    be issued upon exercise   exercise price of   plans (excluding
    of outstanding options,   outstanding options,   securities reflected in
Plan Category   warrants and rights   warrants and rights   column (a))
    (a)   (b)   (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
    271,755     $ 24.34       502,000 (2)
 
                       
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    0       0       0  
 
                       
Total
    271,755     $ 24.34       502,000  
 
(1)   These plans are Mercantile’s 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan, Independent Director Stock Option Plan and the Stock Incentive Plan of 2006.
 
(2)   These securities are available under the Stock Incentive Plan of 2006. Incentive awards may include, but are not limited to, stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and stock awards.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
     The information presented under the captions “Transactions with Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance — Director Independence” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated here by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
     The information presented under the caption “Principal Accountant Fees and Services” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated here by reference.

20


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) (1) Financial Statements. The following financial statements and reports of independent registered public accounting firms of Mercantile Bank Corporation and its subsidiaries are filed as part of this report:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated February 25, 2008 — BDO Seidman, LLP
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated February 20, 2007 — Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets -— December 31, 2007 and 2006
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
The financial statements, the notes to financial statements, and the reports of independent registered public accounting firms listed above are incorporated by reference in Item 8 of this report.
  (2)   Financial Statement Schedules
 
      Not applicable
(b)   Exhibits:
     
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
 
   
3.1
  Our Articles of Incorporation are incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004
 
   
3.2
  Our Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of January 16, 2003 are incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 of our Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File No. 333-103376) that became effective on February 21, 2003
 
   
10.1
  Our 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Commission File No. 333-33081) that became effective on October 23, 1997 *
 
   
10.2
  Our 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 *
 
   
10.3
  Our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 *

21


Table of Contents

     
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
 
   
10.4
  Form of Stock Option Agreement for options under the 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 *
 
   
10.5
  Our Independent Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.26 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
 
   
10.6
  Form of Stock Option Agreement for options under the Independent Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed October 22, 2004 *
 
   
10.7
  Mercantile Bank of West Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors (1999) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registration Statement of the company and our trust on Form SB-2 (Commission File Nos. 333-84313 and 333-84313-01) that became effective on September 13, 1999 *
 
   
10.8
  Amendment dated October 18, 2001 to Mercantile Bank of West Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors (1999)
 
   
10.9
  Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors dated June 29, 2006
 
   
10.10
  First Amendment dated October 10, 2007 to the Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors dated June 29, 2006
 
   
10.11
  Agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Commission File No. 333-33081) that became effective on October 23, 1997
 
   
10.12
  Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated May 12, 2000 extending the agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000
 
   
10.13
  Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated November 21, 2002 extending the agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002
 
   
10.14
  Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated December 20, 2006 extending the agreements between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated September 10, 1997 and November 21, 2002
 
   
10.15
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 *
 
   
10.16
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 *

22


Table of Contents

     
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
 
   
10.17
  Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 *
 
   
10.18
  Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 *
 
   
10.19
  Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
 
   
10.20
  Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
 
   
10.21
  Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
 
   
10.22
  Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002, among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
 
   
10.23
  Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 28, 2004, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 *
 
   
10.24
  Junior Subordinated Indenture between us and Wilmington Trust Company dated September 16, 2004 providing for the issuance of the Series A and Series B Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes due 2034 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004
 
   
10.25
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated September 16, 2004 for Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of our Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004
 
   
10.26
  Placement Agreement between us, Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I, and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. dated September 16, 2004 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of our Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004
 
   
10.27
  Guarantee Agreement dated September 16, 2004 between Mercantile as Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company as Guarantee Trustee is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of our Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004
 
   
10.28
  Form of Agreement Amending Stock Option Agreement, dated November 17, 2005 issued under our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed December 14, 2005 *
 
   
10.29
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2005, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *

23


Table of Contents

     
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
 
   
10.30
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2005, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
 
   
10.31
  Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2005, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr. is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.30 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
 
   
10.32
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2005, among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.31 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
 
   
10.33
  Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement, that has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
 
   
10.34
  Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement dated November 18, 2006, that has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank *
 
   
10.35
  Form of First Amendment to the Mercantile Bank of Michigan Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement dated November 18, 2006, that has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank, dated October 25, 2007 *
 
   
10.36
  Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Split Dollar Agreement that has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.33 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
 
   
10.37
  Director Fee Summary *
 
   
10.38
  Lease Agreement between our bank and The Conlin Company dated July 12, 2005 for our Ann Arbor, Michigan office is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005
 
   
10.39
  Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 is incorporated by reference to Appendix A of our proxy statement for our April 27, 2006 annual meeting of shareholders that was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission *
 
   
10.40
  Form of Notice of Grant of Incentive Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement for incentive stock options granted in 2006 under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed November 22, 2006 *

24


Table of Contents

     
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
 
   
10.41
  Form of Notice of Grant of Incentive Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement for incentive stock options granted after 2006 under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 *
 
   
10.42
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Notification of Award and Terms and Conditions of Award for restricted stock granted in 2006 under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of our Form 8-K filed November 22, 2006 *
 
   
10.43
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Notification of Award and Terms and Conditions of Award for restricted stock granted after 2006 under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 *
 
   
10.44
  Executive Officer Bonus Plan for 2007 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed January 29, 2007 *
 
   
10.45
  Retirement Agreement by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, Mercantile Bank of Michigan and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed May 25, 2007 *
 
   
10.46
  Additional Release of Claims Pursuant to Retirement Agreement Dated May 24, 2007 by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, Mercantile Bank of Michigan and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 *
 
   
10.47
  Lease Agreement between our bank and CD Partners LLC dated October 2, 2007 for our Oakland County, Michigan office
 
   
21
  Subsidiaries of the company
 
   
23.1
  Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
 
   
23.2
  Consent of Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
 
   
31
  Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
 
   
32.1
  Section 1350 Chief Executive Officer Certification
 
   
32.2
  Section 1350 Chief Financial Officer Certification
 
*   Management contract or compensatory plan
(c)   Financial Statements Not Included In Annual Report
 
    Not applicable

25


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
December 31, 2007 and 2006

F-1


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
December 31, 2007 and 2006
CONTENTS
         
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
    F-3  
 
       
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
    F-4  
 
       
REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRMS
    F-27  
 
       
REPORT BY MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION’S MANAGEMENT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
    F-30  
 
       
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       
 
       
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    F-31  
 
       
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    F-32  
 
       
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    F-33  
 
       
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    F-35  
 
       
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    F-37  

F-2


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                                         
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (Dollars in thousands except per share data)  
Consolidated Results of Operations:
                                       
 
                                       
Interest income
  $ 144,181     $ 137,260     $ 102,130     $ 69,022     $ 54,658  
Interest expense
    88,624       75,673       46,838       26,595       23,395  
 
                             
Net interest income
    55,557       61,587       55,292       42,427       31,263  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    11,070       5,775       3,790       4,674       3,800  
Noninterest income
    5,870       5,261       5,661       4,302       4,409  
Noninterest expense
    38,356       32,262       31,117       23,198       18,071  
 
                             
Income before income tax expense
    12,001       28,811       26,046       18,857       13,801  
Income tax expense
    3,035       8,964       8,145       5,136       3,785  
 
                             
Net income
  $ 8,966     $ 19,847     $ 17,901     $ 13,721     $ 10,016  
 
                             
 
                                       
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
 
                                       
Total assets
  $ 2,121,403     $ 2,067,268     $ 1,838,210     $ 1,536,119     $ 1,203,337  
Cash and cash equivalents
    29,430       51,380       36,753       20,811       16,564  
Securities
    211,736       202,419       181,614       152,965       121,510  
Loans and leases, net of deferred fees
    1,799,880       1,745,478       1,561,812       1,317,124       1,035,963  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    25,814       21,411       20,527       17,819       14,379  
Bank owned life insurance policies
    39,118       30,858       28,071       23,750       16,441  
 
                                       
Deposits
    1,591,181       1,646,903       1,419,352       1,159,181       902,892  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    97,465       85,472       72,201       56,317       49,545  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    180,000       95,000       130,000       120,000       90,000  
Subordinated debentures
    32,990       32,990       32,990       32,990       16,495  
Shareholders’ equity
    178,155       171,915       155,125       141,617       130,201  
 
                                       
Consolidated Financial Ratios:
                                       
 
                                       
Return on average assets
    0.43 %     1.01 %     1.05 %     0.99 %     0.96 %
Return on average shareholders’ equity
    5.10 %     12.19 %     12.05 %     10.16 %     10.61 %
Average shareholders’ equity to average assets
    8.44 %     8.31 %     8.73 %     9.79 %     9.00 %
 
                                       
Nonperforming loans and leases to total loans and leases
    1.66 %     0.49 %     0.26 %     0.22 %     0.17 %
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans and leases
    1.43 %     1.23 %     1.31 %     1.35 %     1.39 %
 
                                       
Tier 1 leverage capital
    9.97 %     10.04 %     10.45 %     11.53 %     12.49 %
Tier 1 leverage risk-based capital
    10.14 %     10.37 %     10.82 %     11.82 %     12.60 %
Total risk-based capital
    11.39 %     11.45 %     12.00 %     13.03 %     13.84 %
 
                                       
Per Share Data:
                                       
 
                                       
Net Income:
                                       
Basic
  $ 1.06     $ 2.36     $ 2.14     $ 1.65     $ 1.42  
Diluted
    1.06       2.33       2.10       1.61       1.39  
 
                                       
Book value at end of period
    20.89       21.43       19.46       17.78       16.40  
Dividends declared
    0.55       0.48       0.39       0.30       0.26  
Dividend payout ratio
    52.16 %     20.34 %     17.79 %     18.60 %     18.41 %

F-3


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The following discussion and other portions of this Annual Report contain forward-looking statements that are based on management’s beliefs, assumptions, current expectations, estimates and projections about the financial services industry, the economy, and about our company. Words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “is likely,” “plans,” “projects,” and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions (“Future Factors”) that are difficult to predict with regard to timing, extent, likelihood and degree of occurrence. Therefore, actual results and outcomes may materially differ from what may be expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update, amend, or clarify forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events (whether anticipated or unanticipated), or otherwise.
Future Factors include changes in interest rates and interest rate relationships; demand for products and services; the degree of competition by traditional and non-traditional competitors; changes in banking regulation; changes in tax laws; changes in prices, levies, and assessments; the impact of technological advances; governmental and regulatory policy changes; the outcomes of contingencies; trends in customer behavior as well as their ability to repay loans; changes in local real estate values; changes in the national and local economies; and other risk factors described in Item 1A of this Annual Report. These are representative of the Future Factors that could cause a difference between an ultimate actual outcome and a preceding forward-looking statement.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based on Mercantile Bank Corporation’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and actual results could differ from those estimates.
Allowance For Loan and Lease Losses : The allowance for loan and lease losses (“allowance”) is maintained at a level we believe is adequate to absorb probable incurred losses identified and inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. Our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is an estimate based on past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the loan and lease portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values and assessments of the impact of current and anticipated economic conditions on the loan and lease portfolio. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans or leases, but the entire allowance is available for any loan or lease that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off. Loan and lease losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan or lease is likely. The balance of the allowance represents management’s best estimate, but significant downturns in circumstances relating to loan and lease quality or economic conditions could result in a requirement for an increased allowance in the future. Likewise, an upturn in loan and lease quality or improved economic conditions may result in a decline in the required allowance in the future. In either instance, unanticipated changes could have a significant impact on operating earnings.

F-4


Table of Contents

The allowance is increased through a provision charged to operating expense. Uncollectible loans and leases are charged-off through the allowance. Recoveries of loans and leases previously charged-off are added to the allowance. A loan or lease is considered impaired when it is probable that contractual interest and principal payments will not be collected either for the amounts or by the dates as scheduled in the loan or lease agreement. Impairment is evaluated in aggregate for smaller-balance loans of similar nature such as residential mortgage, consumer and credit card loans, and on an individual loan or lease basis for other loans. If a loan or lease is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan or lease is reported, net, at the present fair value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s or lease’s existing interest rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Loans and leases are evaluated for impairment when payments are delayed, typically 30 days or more, or when serious deficiencies are identified within the credit relationship. Our policy for recognizing income on impaired loans is to accrue interest unless a loan is placed on nonaccrual status. Management has reviewed the application of this policy with the Audit Committee of the company’s Board of Directors.
INTRODUCTION
This Management’s Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements contained in this Annual Report. This discussion provides information about the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Mercantile Bank Corporation and its consolidated subsidiary, Mercantile Bank of Michigan (“our bank”), and of Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC (“our mortgage company”), Mercantile Bank Real Estate Co., L.L.C. (“our real estate company”) and Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc. (“our insurance company”), which are subsidiaries of our bank. Unless the text clearly suggests otherwise, references to “us,” “we,” “our,” or “the company” include Mercantile Bank Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries referred to above.
We were incorporated on July 15, 1997 as a bank holding company to establish and own our bank. Our bank, after receiving all necessary regulatory approvals, began operations on December 15, 1997. Our bank has a strong commitment to community banking and offers a wide range of financial products and services, primarily to small- to medium-sized businesses, as well as individuals. Our bank’s lending strategy focuses on commercial lending, and, to a lesser extent, residential mortgage and consumer lending. Our bank also offers a broad array of deposit products, including checking, savings, money market, and certificates of deposit, as well as security repurchase agreements. Our primary markets are the Grand Rapids, Holland, Lansing, Ann Arbor and Oakland County areas. Our bank utilizes certificates of deposit from customers located outside of the primary market area to assist in funding the historically strong asset growth our bank has experienced since inception.
We formed a business trust, Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I (“the trust”), in 2004 to issue trust preferred securities. We issued subordinated debentures to the trust in return for the proceeds raised from the issuance of the trust preferred securities. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46, the trust is not consolidated, but instead we report the subordinated debentures issued to the trust as a liability.
Our mortgage company’s predecessor, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, was formed to increase the profitability and efficiency of the company’s mortgage loan operations. Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company initiated business on October 24, 2000 from our bank’s contribution of most of its residential mortgage loan portfolio and participation interests in certain commercial mortgage loans. On the same date, our bank had also transferred its residential mortgage origination function to Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company. On January 1, 2004, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was reorganized as Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC, a limited liability company. Mortgage loans originated and held by our mortgage company are serviced by our bank pursuant to a servicing agreement.
Our insurance company acquired, at nominal cost, an existing shelf insurance agency effective April 15, 2002. An Agency and Institution Agreement was entered into among our insurance company, our bank and Hub International for the purpose of providing programs of mass marketed personal lines of insurance. Insurance product offerings include private passenger automobile, homeowners, personal inland marine, boat owners, recreational vehicle,

F-5


Table of Contents

dwelling fire, umbrella policies, small business and life insurance products, all of which are provided by and written through companies that have appointed Hub International as their agent.
Our real estate company was organized on July 21, 2003, principally to develop, construct and own our facility in downtown Grand Rapids which serves as our bank’s main office and Mercantile Bank Corporation’s headquarters. Construction was completed during the second quarter of 2005.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Primarily reflecting the competitive commercial loan pricing and underwriting environments and weakening economic conditions within our markets during 2007, our asset growth during 2007 was lower than historical levels. Assets increased from $2,067.3 million on December 31, 2006 to $2,121.4 million on December 31, 2007. This represents an increase in total assets of $54.1 million, or 2.6%. Asset growth in 2006 totaled $229.1 million, and averaged $288.0 million during the period of 2004 through 2006. The increase in total assets during 2007 was primarily comprised of a $50.0 million increase in net loans and leases, a $9.3 million increase in securities and an $8.3 million increase in bank owned life insurance policies, partially offset by a $22.0 million decrease in cash equivalents. The increase in assets was primarily funded by an $85.0 million increase in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, a $12.0 million increase in repurchase agreements and a $6.2 million increase in shareholders’ equity.
Earning Assets
Average earning assets equaled 95.0% of average total assets during 2007, compared to 94.9% during 2006, with our asset composition remaining relatively unchanged. The loan and lease portfolio continued to comprise a majority of earning assets, followed by securities and federal funds sold.
Our loan and lease portfolio, which equaled 89.2% of average earnings assets during 2007, is primarily comprised of commercial loans and leases. Commercial loans and leases increased by $53.8 million during 2007, and at December 31, 2007, totaled $1,659.2 million, or 92.2% of the total loan and lease portfolio. The growth in our commercial loan and lease portfolio slowed during 2007, primarily reflecting the competitive pricing and underwriting environments and weakening economic conditions within our markets during 2007. The competitive pressures, from financial institutions and other entities such as private equity funds, negatively impacted the volume of loans we booked and accelerated the level of loan payoffs. Despite the competitive pressures, we remained committed to our traditionally high underwriting standards and believe the long term benefits of this posture outweigh the short term negative impact to our net interest income and net income due to the resulting smaller balance of our commercial loan and lease portfolio.
The commercial loan and lease portfolio represents loans to businesses generally located within our market areas. Approximately 71% of the commercial loan and lease portfolio is primarily secured by real estate properties, with the remaining generally secured by other business assets such as accounts receivable, inventory, and equipment. The continued significant concentration of the loan and lease portfolio in commercial loans and leases and the typically strong growth of this portion of our lending business are consistent with our stated strategy of focusing a substantial amount of our efforts on “wholesale” banking. Corporate and business lending continues to be an area of expertise for our senior management team, and our commercial lenders have extensive commercial lending experience, with most having at least ten years’ experience. Of each of the loan categories that we originate, commercial loans and leases are most efficiently originated and managed, thus limiting overhead costs by necessitating the attention of fewer employees. Our commercial lending business generates the largest portion of local deposits, and is our primary source of demand deposits.

F-6


Table of Contents

During the latter part of 2007, our loan review function completed a real estate loan project that expanded our traditional loan coding paradigm to provide increased specificity in the categorization of loans secured by real estate. The following table summarizes our loans secured by real estate, excluding residential mortgage loans representing permanent financing to owner occupied dwellings and home equity lines of credit, as of December 31, 2007:
         
Residential – Vacant Land
  $ 19,730,000  
Residential – Land Development
    64,107,000  
Residential – Construction
    30,828,000  
Commercial – Vacant Land
    27,664,000  
Commercial – Land Development
    31,754,000  
Commercial – Construction NonOwner Occupied
    80,926,000  
Commercial – Construction Owner Occupied
    7,906,000  
Commercial – NonOwner Occupied
    519,720,000  
Commercial – Owner Occupied
    374,596,000  
 
     
 
       
Total
  $ 1,157,231,000  
 
     
Residential mortgage and consumer loans increased in aggregate $0.6 million during 2007, and at December 31, 2007, totaled $140.7 million, or 7.8% of the total loan and lease portfolio. While we expect the residential mortgage loan and consumer loan portfolios to increase in future periods, the commercial sector of the lending efforts and resultant assets are expected to remain the dominant loan portfolio category given our wholesale banking strategy.
The following table presents total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2007, according to scheduled repayments of principal on fixed rate loans and repricing frequency on variable rate loans. Floating rate loans that are currently at interest rate ceilings or interest rate floors are treated as fixed rate loans and are reflected using maturity date and not repricing frequency.
                                 
    0-1     1-5     After 5        
    Year     Years     Years     Total  
Construction and land development
  $ 210,037,000     $ 47,282,000     $ 6,549,000     $ 263,868,000  
Real estate – secured by 1-4 family properties
    68,898,000       52,552,000       14,067,000       135,517,000  
Real estate – secured by multi-family properties
    28,283,000       23,505,000       163,000       51,951,000  
Real estate – secured by nonresidential properties
    390,585,000       427,921,000       37,366,000       855,872,000  
Commercial
    381,074,000       97,993,000       5,578,000       484,645,000  
Leases
    181,000       2,684,000       0       2,865,000  
Consumer
    1,967,000       2,589,000       606,000       5,162,000  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 1,081,025,000     $ 654,526,000     $ 64,329,000     $ 1,799,880,000  
 
                       
 
                               
Fixed rate loans
  $ 125,738,000     $ 653,542,000     $ 64,329,000     $ 843,609,000  
Floating rate loans
    955,287,000       984,000       0       956,271,000  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 1,081,025,000     $ 654,526,000     $ 64,329,000     $ 1,799,880,000  
 
                       
Our credit policies establish guidelines to manage credit risk and asset quality. These guidelines include loan review and early identification of problem loans and leases to provide effective loan and lease portfolio administration. The credit policies and procedures are meant to minimize the risk and uncertainties inherent in lending. In following these policies and procedures, we must rely on estimates, appraisals and evaluations of loans and leases and the possibility that changes in these could occur quickly because of changing economic conditions.

F-7


Table of Contents

Identified problem loans and leases, which exhibit characteristics (financial or otherwise) that could cause the loans and leases to become nonperforming or require restructuring in the future, are included on the internal “watch list.” Senior management and the Board of Directors review this list regularly.
The level of net loan and lease charge-offs and nonperforming assets increased during 2007. Although we were never directly involved in the underwriting of or the investing in subprime residential real estate loans, the apparent substantial and rapid collapse of this line of business during 2007 throughout the United States had a significant negative impact on our residential real estate development lending portion of our business. The resulting decline in real estate prices and slowdown in sales stretched the cash flow of our local developers and eroded the value of our underlying collateral, causing elevated levels of nonperforming assets and net loan and lease charge-offs.
As of December 31, 2007, nonperforming assets totaled $35.7 million, or 1.68% of total assets, an increase from the $9.6 million, or 0.46% of total assets, as of December 31, 2006. Nonperforming loans and leases totaled $29.8 million and foreclosed properties/repossessed assets equaled $5.9 million at year-end 2007, compared to $8.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively, at year-end 2006. As of December 31, 2007, nonperforming loans secured by real estate, combined with all foreclosed properties, totaled $28.6 million, or 80% of total nonperforming assets. Nonperforming loans and foreclosed properties associated with the development of residential real estate totaled $11.1 million, with another $3.2 million in nonperforming loans secured by, and foreclosed properties consisting of, residential properties. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2007 totaled $6.7 million, or 0.38% of average total loans and leases. During 2006, net loan and lease charge-offs totaled $4.9 million, or 0.29% of average total loans and leases.
The following table provides a breakdown of nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2007 and net loan charge-offs during 2007 by property type:
                 
    Nonperforming     Net Loan  
    Assets     Charge-Offs  
Residential – Land Development
  $ 8,066,000     $ 1,384,000  
Residential – Construction
    3,066,000       36,000  
Residential – Owner Occupied / Rental
    3,170,000       1,536,000  
Commercial – Land Development
    542,000       0  
Commercial – Owner Occupied
    6,447,000       714,000  
Commercial – NonOwner Occupied
    7,307,000       1,854,000  
Commercial – NonReal Estate
    7,091,000       1,096,000  
Consumer – NonReal Estate
    15,000       47,000  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 35,704,000     $ 6,667,000  
 
           
The following table summarizes nonperforming loans and leases and troubled debt restructurings:
                                         
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005     December 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
Loans and leases on nonaccrual status
  $ 28,832,000     $ 7,752,000     $ 3,601,000     $ 2,842,000     $ 233,000  
 
                                       
Loans and leases 90 days or more past due and accruing interest
    977,000       819,000       394,000       0       1,552,000  
 
Troubled debt restructurings
    0       0       0       0       0  
 
                             
 
Total
  $ 29,809,000     $ 8,571,000     $ 3,995,000     $ 2,842,000     $ 1,785,000  
 
                             

F-8


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the past five years:
                                         
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
Loan and leases outstanding at year-end
  $ 1,799,880,000     $ 1,745,478,000     $ 1,561,812,000     $ 1,317,124,000     $ 1,035,963,000  
 
                             
 
                                       
Daily average balance of loans and leases outstanding
  $ 1,765,465,000     $ 1,660,284,000     $ 1,432,609,000     $ 1,177,568,000     $ 887,512,000  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance of allowance at beginning of year
  $ 21,411,000     $ 20,527,000     $ 17,819,000     $ 14,379,000     $ 10,890,000  
 
                                       
Loans and leases charged-off:
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural
    (4,232,000 )     (5,208,000 )     (718,000 )     (1,328,000 )     (471,000 )
Construction and land development
    (1,353,000 )     0       (521,000 )     0       0  
Leases
    (18,000 )     0       0       0       0  
Residential real estate
    (1,618,000 )     (50,000 )     (131,000 )     (16,000 )     (26,000 )
Instalment loans to individuals
    (53,000 )     (131,000 )     (22,000 )     (61,000 )     (99,000 )
 
                             
Total loans and leases charged-off
    (7,274,000 )     (5,389,000 )     (1,392,000 )     (1,405,000 )     (596,000 )
 
                                       
Recoveries of previously charged-off loans and leases:
                                       
Commercial, financial and agricultural
    586,000       487,000       298,000       150,000       257,000  
Construction and land development
    11,000       0       2,000       0       0  
Leases
    0       0       0       0       0  
Residential real estate
    3,000       2,000       6,000       0       22,000  
Instalment loans to individuals
    7,000       9,000       4,000       21,000       6,000  
 
                             
Total recoveries
    607,000       498,000       310,000       171,000       285,000  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net charge-offs
    (6,667,000 )     (4,891,000 )     (1,082,000 )     (1,234,000 )     (311,000 )
 
                                       
Provision for loan and leases losses
    11,070,000       5,775,000       3,790,000       4,674,000       3,800,000  
 
                             
 
                                       
Balance of allowance at year-end
  $ 25,814,000     $ 21,411,000     $ 20,527,000     $ 17,819,000     $ 14,379,000  
 
                             
 
                                       
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans and leases outstanding during the period
    (0.38 %)     (0.29 %)     (0.08 %)     (0.10 %)     (0.04 %)
 
                             
 
                                       
Ratio of allowance to loans and leases outstanding at end of the period
    1.43 %     1.23 %     1.31 %     1.35 %     1.39 %
 
                             
In each accounting period, we adjust the allowance to the amount we believe is necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. Through the loan and lease review and credit departments, we attempt to allocate specific portions of the allowance based on specifically identifiable problem loans and leases. The evaluation of the allowance is further based on, but not limited to, consideration of the internally prepared Reserve Analysis, composition of the loan and lease portfolio, third party analysis of the loan and lease administration processes and portfolio and general economic conditions. In addition, the historically strong commercial loan and lease growth and expansions into new markets are taken into account.
The Reserve Analysis, used since our inception and completed monthly, applies reserve allocation factors to outstanding loan and lease balances to calculate an overall allowance dollar amount. For commercial loans and leases, which continue to comprise a vast majority of our total loans and leases, reserve allocation factors are based upon the loan ratings as determined by our standardized grade paradigms. For retail loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the type of credit. Adjustments for specific lending relationships, including impaired loans and leases, are made on a case-by-case basis. The reserve allocation factors are primarily based on the recent levels and historical trends of net loan charge-offs and non-performing assets, the comparison of the recent levels and historical trends of net loan charge-offs and non-performing assets with a customized peer group consisting of ten similarly-sized publicly traded banking organizations conducting business in the states of Michigan, Illinois, Indiana or Ohio, the review and consideration of our loan and lease migration analysis and the experience of senior

F-9


Table of Contents

management making similar loans and leases for an extensive period of time. We regularly review the Reserve Analysis and make adjustments periodically based upon identifiable trends and experience.
The following table illustrates the breakdown of the allowance balance to loan type (dollars in thousands) and of the total loan and lease portfolio (in percentages).
                                                                                 
    December 31,2007     December 31,2006     December 31,2005     December 31,2004     December 31,2003  
            Loan             Loan             Loan             Loan             Loan  
    Amount     Portfolio     Amount     Portfolio     Amount     Portfolio     Amount     Portfolio     Amount     Portfolio  
Commercial, financial and agricultural
  $ 18,947       77.4 %   $ 15,706       74.7 %   $ 16,507       76.9 %   $ 15,457       79.8 %   $ 12,220       79.0 %
 
Construction and land development
    4,907       14.7       3,975       17.1       2,868       14.5       1,581       10.3       1,571       11.4  
 
Leases
    29       0.1       15       0.1       30       0.1       39       0.2       26       0.2  
 
Residential real estate
    1,829       7.5       1,591       7.6       1,020       8.2       557       9.3       450       8.9  
 
Instalment loans to individuals
    102       0.3       124       0.5       102       0.3       185       0.4       112       0.5  
 
Unallocated
    0       0.0       0       0.0       0       0.0       0       0.0       0       0.0  
 
                                                           
 
Total
  $ 25,814       100.0 %   $ 21,411       100.0 %   $ 20,527       100.0 %   $ 17,819       100.0 %   $ 14,379       100.0 %
 
                                                           
The primary risk elements with respect to commercial loans and leases are the financial condition of the borrower, the sufficiency of collateral, and lack of timely payment. We have a policy of requesting and reviewing periodic financial statements from commercial loan and lease customers, and we periodically review the existence of collateral and its value. The primary risk element with respect to each instalment and residential real estate loan is lack of timely payment. We have a reporting system that monitors past due loans and have adopted policies to pursue creditor’s rights in order to preserve our bank’s position.
Although we believe that the allowance is adequate to sustain losses as they arise, there can be no assurance that our bank will not sustain losses in any given period that could be substantial in relation to, or greater than, the size of the allowance.
Securities increased $9.3 million during 2007, from $202.4 million on December 31, 2006 to $211.7 million at December 31, 2007. During 2007, the securities portfolio equaled 10.4% of average earning assets. Purchases during 2007 totaled $22.3 million, while proceeds from the maturities, calls and repayments of securities totaled $15.2 million. We maintain the securities portfolio at levels to provide adequate pledging for the repurchase agreement program and secondary liquidity for our daily operations. In addition, the portfolio serves a primary interest rate risk management function. At December 31, 2007, the portfolio was comprised of high credit quality U.S. Government Agency issued bonds (38%), municipal general obligation and revenue bonds (31%), U.S. Government Agency issued and guaranteed mortgage-backed securities (26%), Federal Home Loan Bank stock (5%) and a mutual fund (less than 1%).

F-10


Table of Contents

The following table reflects the composition of the securities portfolio, excluding Federal Home Loan Bank stock:
                                                 
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Carrying             Carrying             Carrying        
    Value     Percentage     Value     Percentage     Value     Percentage  
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ 80,945,000       40.1 %   $ 76,836,000       39.4 %   $ 63,712,000       36.7 %
 
Mortgage-backed securities
    54,619,000       27.0       53,083,000       27.2       48,237,000       27.7  
 
Municipal general obligations
    57,668,000       28.5       56,870,000       29.2       53,685,000       30.9  
 
Municipal revenue bonds
    7,662,000       3.8       7,073,000       3.6       7,081,000       4.1  
 
Mutual fund
    1,109,000       0.6       1,048,000       0.6       1,012,000       0.6  
 
                                   
 
Total
  $ 202,003,000       100.0 %   $ 194,910,000       100.0 %   $ 173,727,000       100.0 %
 
                                         
All securities, with the exception of tax-exempt municipal bonds, have been designated as “available for sale” as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities . Securities designated as available for sale are stated at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax, reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income. The fair value of securities designated as available for sale at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $136.7 million and $131.0 million, respectively. The net unrealized gain recorded at year-end 2007 was $0.4 million, compared to the net unrealized loss of $1.7 million at year-end 2006. All tax-exempt municipal bonds have been designated as “held to maturity” as defined in SFAS No. 115, and are stated at amortized cost. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, held to maturity securities had an amortized cost of $65.3 million and $63.9 million and a fair value of $66.4 million and $65.0 million, respectively.
The following table shows by class of maturities as of December 31, 2007, the amounts and weighted average yields of investment securities (1) :
                 
    Carrying     Average  
    Value     Yield  
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S.
               
Government agencies and corporations
               
One year or less
  $ 0     NA
Over one through five years
    35,055,000       4.92 %
Over five through ten years
    45,890,000       5.24  
Over ten years
    0     NA
 
           
 
    80,945,000       5.10  
 
               
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
               
One year or less
    1,517,000       6.36  
Over one through five years
    10,083,000       6.92  
Over five through ten years
    11,784,000       6.38  
Over ten years
    41,946,000       6.37  
 
           
 
    65,330,000       6.45  
 
               
Mortgage-backed securities
    54,619,000       5.12  
Mutual fund
    1,109,000       4.25  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 202,003,000       5.53 %
 
           
 
    (1) Yields on tax-exempt securities are computed on a fully taxable-equivalent basis.

F-11


Table of Contents

Federal funds sold, consisting of excess funds sold overnight to correspondent banks, are used to manage daily liquidity needs and interest rate sensitivity. During 2007, the average balance of these funds equaled 0.4% of average earning assets, down slightly from 0.5% during 2006. The levels maintained during 2007 and 2006 are well within our internal policy guidelines, and future levels are not expected to change significantly.
Cash and due from bank balances decreased from $51.1 million at December 31, 2006, to $29.1 million on December 31, 2007, a decrease of $22.0 million. Although our cash balances were relatively unchanged, there were two primary factors resulting in a relatively large decline in our due from bank balances: in early July 2007, we initiated an image exchange program for our outgoing cash letter with our primary correspondent bank that resulted in faster collection, and in mid-September of 2007 we instituted a deposit reclassification program, impacting our reserve requirement calculation, that virtually eliminated our need to maintain deposit balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. The initiation of these two programs provided for a combined reduction in due from bank balances of approximately $13.0 million. The remainder of the decline in due from bank balances primarily results from the typical relatively large day-to-day fluctuations of our outgoing cash letter reflecting our commercial lending focus. Cash and due from bank balances averaged $33.1 million, or 1.6% of average assets during 2007, compared to $38.3 million, or 2.0% of average assets, during 2006.
Net premises and equipment increased from $33.5 million at December 31, 2006, to $34.3 million on December 31, 2007, an increase of $0.8 million. Purchases of premises and equipment during 2007 totaled $3.5 million, primarily reflecting a portion of the construction costs associated with our new banking facility located in East Lansing, Michigan, which opened in May 2007. Depreciation expense during 2007 equaled $2.7 million.
Source of Funds
Our major sources of funds are from deposits, repurchase agreements and FHLB advances. Total deposits decreased from $1,646.9 million at December 31, 2006, to $1,591.2 million on December 31, 2007, a decrease of $55.7 million. Included within these numbers is the success we achieved in generating deposit growth from customers located within our market areas during 2007. Local deposits increased from $633.0 million at year-end 2006, to $666.1 million at year-end 2007, an increase of $33.1 million. Out-of-area deposits decreased from $1,013.8 million at December 31, 2006, to $925.0 million on December 31, 2007, a decrease of $88.8 million. The decline in out-of-area deposits is closely associated with the $85.0 million increase in FHLB advances from $95.0 million at year-end 2006 to $180.0 million at year-end 2007. Repurchase agreements increased from $85.5 million at December 31, 2006, to $97.5 million on December 31, 2007, an increase of $12.0 million. At December 31, 2007, local deposits and repurchase agreements equaled 39.8% of total funding liabilities, compared to 38.4% on December 31, 2006.
Noninterest-bearing checking deposit accounts, comprised primarily of business loan customers, declined $0.1 million, and equaled 6.0% of average total liabilities during 2007. Interest-bearing checking accounts increased $4.5 million, and equaled 1.9% of average total liabilities during 2007. Money market deposit accounts increased $2.5 million, and equaled 0.6% of average total liabilities during 2007. Business loan customers also comprise the majority of interest-bearing checking and money market deposit accounts, although to a lesser extent than noninterest-bearing checking accounts. Pursuant to Federal law and regulations, incorporated businesses may not own interest-bearing checking accounts and transactions from money market accounts are limited. We anticipate continued overall growth of our check-writing deposit accounts as additional business loans are extended and through the efforts of our branch network and business development activities.
Savings account balances recorded a decrease of $11.6 million, and equaled 4.5% of average total liabilities, during 2007. The decline in savings account balances during 2007 is primarily due to customers opening certificates of deposit with funds from their savings accounts, as rates offered on certificates of deposit were higher than rates offered on savings accounts. Business loan customers also comprise the majority of savings account holders, although to a lesser extent than check-writing accounts. While we anticipate an increase in savings account balances as additional business loans are extended and through the efforts of our branch network and business development activities, the increase may be negatively impacted by potential continued fund transfers to certificate of deposit products.

F-12


Table of Contents

Certificates of deposit purchased by customers located within our market areas increased $37.8 million during 2007, growing from $358.2 million at December 31, 2006, to $396.0 million on December 31, 2007. These deposits accounted for 20.3% of average total liabilities during 2007. The growth was attributable to individuals, businesses and municipalities, and includes new monies to our bank from existing and new customers as well as transfers from existing savings accounts. The increase in local municipality certificates of deposit has been facilitated by our qualifying for funds from new municipal customers and additional funds from existing customers through a combination of our asset growth and increased capital as measured by the municipalities’ investment policy guidelines, and is a trend that we expect to continue.
Certificates of deposit obtained from customers located outside of our market areas decreased by $88.8 million during 2007, and represented 52.3% of average total liabilities. At December 31, 2007, out-of-area deposits totaled $925.0 million. The decline primarily reflects our decision to replace some of the maturing out-of-area deposits with FHLB advances. Out-of-area deposits consist primarily of certificates of deposit placed by deposit brokers for a fee, but also include certificates of deposit obtained from the deposit owners directly. The owners of the out-of-area deposits include individuals, businesses and governmental units located throughout the United States.
Repurchase agreements increased $12.0 million and equaled 4.6% of average total liabilities during 2007. At December 31, 2007, repurchase agreements totaled $97.5 million. As part of our sweep account program, collected funds from certain business noninterest-bearing checking accounts are invested in overnight interest-bearing repurchase agreements. Such repurchase agreements are not deposit accounts and are not afforded federal deposit insurance.
FHLB advances increased $85.0 million and equaled 6.2% of average total liabilities during 2007. At December 31, 2007, FHLB advances totaled $180.0 million. FHLB advances are collateralized by residential mortgage loans, first mortgage liens on multi-family residential property loans, first mortgage liens on commercial real estate property loans, and substantially all other assets of our bank, under a blanket lien arrangement. Our borrowing line of credit at December 31, 2007 totaled $318.1 million, with availability approximating $118.0 million.
Shareholders’ equity increased $6.2 million and equaled 8.4% of average assets during 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to net income from operations, which totaled $9.0 million during 2007. Also positively impacting shareholders’ equity was a $1.4 million mark-to-market adjustment for available for sale securities as defined in SFAS No. 115, plus proceeds totaling $0.2 million relating to stock option exercises and our dividend reinvestment and employee stock purchase plans. Negatively impacting shareholders’ equity during 2007 was the payment of cash dividends, which totaled $4.7 million.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 and 2006
Summary
Net income during 2007 was $9.0 million, or $1.06 per basic and diluted share, compared to net income of $19.8 million, or $2.36 per basic share and $2.33 per diluted share, recorded in 2006. The $10.8 million decline in net income represents a decrease of 54.8%, while diluted earnings per share were down 54.5%. The decline in net income during 2007 from that of 2006 is primarily the result of lower net interest income and a higher provision for loan and lease losses. In addition, net income during 2007 includes a one-time $1.2 million ($0.8 million after-tax) expense associated with the financial retirement package for former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Gerald R. Johnson Jr. which was recorded in conjunction with Mr. Johnson’s retirement effective June 30, 2007. Excluding this one-time expense, net income for 2007 was $9.8 million, or $1.16 per basic share and $1.15 per diluted share.

F-13


Table of Contents

The following table shows some of the key performance and equity ratios for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:
                 
    2007   2006
Return on average total assets
    0.43 %     1.01 %
Return on average equity
    5.10       12.19  
Dividend payout ratio
    52.16       20.34  
Average equity to average assets
    8.44       8.31  
Net Interest Income
Net interest income, the difference between revenue generated from earning assets and the interest cost of funding those assets, is our primary source of earnings. Interest income (adjusted for tax-exempt income) and interest expense totaled $145.4 million and $88.6 million during 2007, respectively, providing for net interest income of $56.8 million. During 2006, interest income and interest expense were $138.5 million and $75.7 million, respectively, providing for net interest income of $62.8 million. In comparing 2007 with 2006, interest income increased 5.0%, interest expense was up 17.1% and net interest income decreased 9.6%. The level of net interest income is primarily a function of asset size, as the weighted average interest rate received on earning assets is greater than the weighted average interest cost of funding sources; however, factors such as types and levels of assets and liabilities, interest rate environment, interest rate risk, asset quality, liquidity, and customer behavior also impact net interest income as well as the net interest margin.
The net interest margin declined from 3.37% in 2006 to 2.87% in 2007, a decrease of 14.8%. Our net interest margin during 2005 was 3.50%. Throughout 2005 and during the first half of 2006, our net interest margin was generally on an increasing trend. From June 2004 through June 2006, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) increased the federal funds rate by 25 basis points at 17 consecutive meetings, causing the prime rate to increase from 4.00% in June 2004 to 8.25% in June 2006. Our yield on assets increased significantly during this time period, as the interest rates on over 70% of our total loans and leases were tied to the prime rate. Our cost of funds also increased during this time period, as interest rates paid on our deposits and borrowings increased as well. However, our cost of funds increased at a slower rate than the increase in our yield on assets, with a significant portion of our interest-bearing liabilities comprised of fixed rate certificates of deposit and borrowings, resulting in a lagged increased cost of funds.
From the period of June 2006 through September 2007, the FOMC left the federal funds rate unchanged, resulting in a relatively steady yield on assets. However, our cost of funds continued to increase as maturing fixed rate certificates of deposit and borrowings, which were obtained during lower interest rate environments, were replaced or renewed at higher interest rates, resulting in a declining net interest margin. In September 2007, the FOMC started to aggressively lower the federal funds rate with three interest rate reductions totaling 100 basis points through the end of 2007, causing the prime rate to decline from 8.25% to 7.25%. With about 60% of our total loans and leases tied to the prime rate and a significant portion of our interest-bearing liabilities comprised of fixed rate certificates of deposit and borrowings, our asset yield declined at a much faster rate than our cost of funds, resulting in further compression of our net interest margin.
The FOMC continued to aggressively reduce the federal funds rate in early 2008 with two interest rate reductions totaling 125 basis points in late January, causing the prime rate to decline from 7.25% to 6.00%. This action will further compress our net interest margin for at least the first quarter of 2008. However, we do expect our net interest margin to improve if the FOMC either stops lowering the federal funds rate or lowers it less aggressively and with lower magnitudes of change. If the former occurs, we would expect a relatively steady yield on assets but a significant reduction in cost of funds as maturing fixed rate certificates of deposit and borrowings that were obtained during periods of higher interest rate environments are replaced or renewed at lower interest rates.
Also negatively impacting our net interest margin during 2007 was an increase in nonperforming assets, with a higher level of loans on nonaccrual status and a higher balance of foreclosed properties than in previous periods. A very competitive loan and deposit pricing environment, combined with a continuation of a flat to inverted yield curve, also negatively impacted our net interest margin.

F-14


Table of Contents

The following table depicts the average balance, interest earned and paid, and weighted average rate of our assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity during 2007, 2006 and 2005. The subsequent table also depicts the dollar amount of change in interest income and interest expense of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, segregated between change due to volume and change due to rate. For tax-exempt investment securities, interest income and yield have been computed on a tax equivalent basis using a marginal tax rate of 35%. As a result, securities interest income was increased by $1.2 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005.
                                                                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    Average             Average     Average             Average     Average             Average  
(Dollars in thousands)   Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate     Balance     Interest     Rate  
Taxable securities
  $ 141,289     $ 7,243       5.13 %   $ 128,382     $ 6,557       5.11 %   $ 114,097     $ 5,588       4.90 %
Tax-exempt securities
    64,122       4,013       6.26       61,949       3,930       6.34       58,005       3,703       6.38  
 
                                                           
Total securities
    205,411       11,256       5.48       190,331       10,487       5.51       172,102       9,291       5.40  
 
                                                                       
Loans and leases
    1,765,465       133,685       7.57       1,660,284       127,470       7.68       1,432,609       93,666       6.54  
Short-term investments
    510       20       3.92       320       12       3.75       582       14       2.41  
Federal funds sold
    8,239       420       5.10       9,745       482       4.95       8,156       266       3.26  
 
                                                           
Total earning assets
    1,979,625       145,381       7.34       1,860,680       138,451       7.44       1,613,449       103,237       6.40  
 
                                                                       
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (23,157 )                     (21,464 )                     (19,048 )                
Cash and due from banks
    33,099                       38,298                       36,827                  
Other non-earning assets
    94,279                       82,419                       70,769                  
 
                                                                 
 
Total assets
  $ 2,083,846                     $ 1,959,933                     $ 1,701,997                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 37,143     $ 1,047       2.82 %   $ 36,530     $ 1,069       2.93 %   $ 36,319     $ 707       1.95 %
Savings deposits
    86,009       2,977       3.46       93,046       3,328       3.58       113,945       2,934       2.57  
Money market accounts
    11,706       359       3.07       10,326       325       3.15       9,478       211       2.23  
Time deposits
    1,385,260       71,838       5.19       1,289,777       60,033       4.65       1,036,457       35,032       3.38  
 
                                                           
Total interest- bearing deposits
    1,520,118       76,221       5.01       1,429,679       64,755       4.53       1,196,199       38,884       3.25  
 
                                                                       
Short-term borrowings
    93,307       3,493       3.74       75,885       2,867       3.78       66,814       1,795       2.69  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    118,904       6,100       5.13       121,932       5,393       4.42       131,137       4,200       3.20  
Long-term borrowings
    36,610       2,810       7.68       35,895       2,658       7.40       35,014       1,959       5.59  
 
                                                           
Total interest- bearing liabilities
    1,768,939       88,624       5.01       1,663,391       75,673       4.55       1,429,164       46,838       3.28  
 
                                                             
 
                                                                       
Demand deposits
    115,172                       115,390                       111,892                  
Other liabilities
    23,838                       18,371                       12,352                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities
    1,907,949                       1,797,152                       1,553,408                  
Average equity
    175,897                       162,781                       148,589                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 2,083,846                     $ 1,959,933                     $ 1,701,997                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Net interest income
          $ 56,757                     $ 62,778                     $ 56,399          
 
                                                                 
Rate spread
                    2.33 %                     2.89 %                     3.12 %
 
                                                                 
Net interest margin
                    2.87 %                     3.37 %                     3.50 %
 
                                                                 

F-15


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Years ended December 31,  
    2007 over 2006     2006 over 2005  
    Total     Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate  
Increase (decrease) in interest income
                                               
Taxable securities
  $ 686,000     $ 662,000     $ 24,000     $ 969,000     $ 722,000     $ 247,000  
Tax exempt securities
    83,000       136,000       (53,000 )     227,000       250,000       (23,000 )
Loans
    6,215,000       7,984,000       (1,769,000 )     33,804,000       16,123,000       17,681,000  
Short term investments
    8,000       7,000       1,000       (2,000 )     (8,000 )     6,000  
Federal funds sold
    (62,000 )     (76,000 )     14,000       216,000       59,000       157,000  
 
                                   
Net change in tax-equivalent income
    6,930,000       8,713,000       (1,783,000 )     35,214,000       17,146,000       18,068,000  
 
                                               
Increase (decrease) in interest expense
                                               
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    (22,000 )     18,000       (40,000 )     362,000       4,000       358,000  
Savings deposits
    (351,000 )     (246,000 )     (105,000 )     394,000       (605,000 )     999,000  
Money market accounts
    34,000       43,000       (9,000 )     114,000       20,000       94,000  
Time deposits
    11,805,000       4,644,000       7,161,000       25,001,000       9,832,000       15,169,000  
Short term borrowings
    626,000       652,000       (26,000 )     1,072,000       268,000       804,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    707,000       (137,000 )     844,000       1,193,000       (312,000 )     1,505,000  
Long term borrowings
    152,000       53,000       99,000       699,000       50,000       649,000  
 
                                   
Net change in interest expense
    12,951,000       5,027,000       7,924,000       28,835,000       9,257,000       19,578,000  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net change in tax-equivalent net interest income
  $ (6,021,000 )   $ 3,686,000     $ (9,707,000 )   $ 6,379,000     $ 7,889,000     $ (1,510,000 )
 
                                   
Interest income is primarily generated from the loan and lease portfolio, and to a lesser degree from securities, federal funds sold and short term investments. Interest income increased $6.9 million during 2007 from that earned in 2006, totaling $145.4 million in 2007 compared to $138.5 million in the previous year. The increase is primarily due to the growth in earning assets, which more than offset the lower interest rate environment and increased level of nonperforming assets during 2007 when compared to 2006. The yield on average earning assets declined from 7.44% recorded in 2006 to 7.34% in 2007.
During 2007, average earning assets increased $118.9 million, from $1,860.7 million in 2006 to $1,979.6 million during 2007. Growth in average total loans and leases, totaling $105.2 million, comprised 88.5% of the increase in average earning assets during 2007. Interest income generated from the loan and lease portfolio increased $6.2 million during 2007 over the level earned in 2006, comprised of an increase of $8.0 million from the growth in the loan and lease portfolio and a decrease of $1.8 million due to a decline in the yield earned on the loan portfolio to 7.57% from 7.68%. The decrease in the loan and lease portfolio yield is primarily due to a lower interest rate environment during 2007 than in 2006 and an increase in nonperforming loans.
Growth in the securities portfolio also added to the increase in interest income during 2007 over that of 2006. Average securities increased by $15.1 million in 2007, increasing from $190.3 million in 2006 to $205.4 million in 2007. The growth equated to an increase in interest income of $0.8 million. The yield earned on the securities portfolio decreased slightly during 2007, from 5.51% to 5.48%. Interest income earned on federal funds sold decreased by $0.1 million due to a small decline in the average balance during 2007.
Interest expense is primarily generated from interest-bearing deposits, and to a lesser degree from repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and subordinated debentures. Interest expense increased $12.9 million during 2007 from that expensed in 2006, totaling $88.6 million in 2007 compared to $75.7 million in the previous year. The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to the impact of an increase in interest-bearing liabilities and an increased cost of funds associated with the renewal and replacement of maturing fixed rate certificates of deposit and borrowings in 2007 that were obtained during periods of lower interest rates when compared to the interest rate environment during 2007. Interest-bearing liabilities averaged $1,768.9 million during 2007, or $105.5 million higher than the average interest-bearing liabilities of $1,663.4 million during 2006. This growth resulted in increased interest expense of $5.0 million. An increase in interest expense of $7.9 million was recorded during 2007 primarily due to an increased cost of funds primarily attributable to fixed rate certificates of deposit and

F-16


Table of Contents

borrowings. The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased from the 4.55% recorded in 2006 to 5.01% in 2007.
Average certificate of deposit growth during 2007 of $95.5 million equated to an increase in interest expense of $4.6 million, with an additional $7.2 million expensed due to the increase in the average rate paid as lower-rate certificates of deposit matured and were either renewed or replaced with higher-costing certificates of deposit throughout 2007. A decline in other average interest-bearing deposit accounts, totaling $5.0 million, equated to a decrease in interest expense of $0.2 million, with an additional interest expense reduction of $0.2 million recorded due to a decrease in the average rate paid during 2007.
Average short term borrowings, comprised of repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased, increased $17.4 million during 2007, resulting in increased interest expense of $0.7 million, with a slight reduction in interest expense due to a decrease in the average rate paid during 2007. Average FHLB advances decreased $3.0 million, equating to a decrease in interest expense of $0.1 million; however, an increased average rate added $0.8 million to interest expense. Growth in average long-term borrowings, comprised of subordinated debentures and deferred director and officer compensation programs, equated to an increase in interest expense of less than $0.1 million during 2007, with an increased average rate adding $0.1 million to interest expense.
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
The provision for loan and lease losses totaled $11.1 million during 2007, compared to the $5.8 million expensed during 2006. The increase primarily reflects a higher volume of nonperforming loans and leases and other downgrades within our commercial loan and lease portfolio, necessitating a higher allowance balance. Nonperforming loans and leases totaled $29.8 million, or 1.66% of total loans and leases, as of December 31, 2007, compared to $8.6 million, or 0.49% of total loans and leases, as of December 31, 2006. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2007 totaled $6.7 million, or 0.38% of average total loans and leases. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2006 totaled $4.9 million, or 0.29% of average total loans and leases. Loan and lease growth during 2007 equaled $54.4 million, compared to loan and lease growth of $183.7 million during 2006. The allowance as a percentage of total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2007 was 1.43%, compared to 1.23% at year-end 2006. Although we believe the allowance is adequate to cover losses as they arise, there can be no assurance that we will not sustain losses in any given period that could be substantial in relation to, or greater than, the size of the allowance.
In each accounting period, we adjust the allowance to the amount we believe is necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. Through the loan and lease review and credit departments, we attempt to allocate specific portions of the allowance based on specifically identifiable problem loans and leases. The evaluation of the allowance is further based on, but not limited to, consideration of the internally prepared Reserve Analysis, composition of the loan and lease portfolio, third party analysis of the loan and lease administration processes and portfolio and general economic conditions. In addition, the historically strong commercial loan and lease growth and expansions into new markets are taken into account.
The Reserve Analysis, used since our inception and completed monthly, applies reserve allocation factors to outstanding loan and lease balances to calculate an overall allowance dollar amount. For commercial loans and leases, which continue to comprise a vast majority of our total loans and leases, reserve allocation factors are based upon the loan ratings as determined by our standardized grade paradigms. For retail loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the type of credit. Adjustments for specific lending relationships, including impaired loans and leases, are made on a case-by-case basis. The reserve allocation factors are primarily based on the recent levels and historical trends of net loan charge-offs and non-performing assets, the comparison of the recent levels and historical trends of net loan charge-offs and non-performing assets with a customized peer group consisting of ten similarly-sized publicly traded banking organizations conducting business in the states of Michigan, Illinois, Indiana or Ohio, the review and consideration of our loan and lease migration analysis and the experience of senior management making similar loans and leases for an extensive period of time. We regularly review the Reserve Analysis and make adjustments periodically based upon identifiable trends and experience.

F-17


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income
Noninterest income totaled $5.9 million in 2007, an increase of $0.6 million from the $5.3 million earned in 2006. Service charge income on deposits and repurchase agreements increased $0.2 million during 2007 when compared to 2006, reflecting an increase in the number of deposit accounts and modest increases in our fee structure. Earnings from increased cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies increased $0.1 million in 2007, primarily reflecting a higher balance from the purchase of additional policies during the year. We recorded increases in virtually all other fee income-producing activities in 2007 when compared to 2006, with the exception of residential mortgage banking fees, which decreased $0.1 million due to a lower volume of activity.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense during 2007 totaled $38.4 million, an increase of $6.1 million over the $32.3 million expensed in 2006. Salary expense and benefit costs increased $3.9 million in 2007 when compared to 2006. Included in 2007 salary and benefit costs is a one-time $1.2 million expense associated with the financial retirement package for former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., in conjunction with Mr. Johnson’s retirement effective June 30, 2007. The remainder of the increase in salary and benefit costs during 2007 primarily reflects the increase in full-time equivalent employees from 291 at year-end 2006 to 306 at year-end 2007 and annual pay increases. Occupancy, furniture and equipment costs increased $0.2 million in 2007. Other non-interest expenses, in aggregate, increased $2.0 million in 2007 when compared to 2006, reflecting increased costs associated with a higher level of nonperforming assets, higher FDIC insurance premiums and additional expenditures required to administer an increased asset base.
Federal Income Tax Expense
Federal income tax expense was $3.0 million in 2007, a decrease of $6.0 million over the $9.0 million expensed during 2006. The decrease during 2007 is primarily due to the decline in our pre-federal income tax profitability. Our effective tax rate for 2007 was 25.3%, compared to 31.1% in 2006, reflecting a decrease in taxable income and the related increase in tax-exempt income as a percent of taxable income.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 AND 2005
Summary
Net income during 2006 was $19.8 million, or $2.36 per basic share and $2.33 per diluted share, compared to net income of $17.9 million, or $2.14 per basic share and $2.10 per diluted share, recorded in 2005. The $1.9 million improvement in net income represents an increase of 10.9%, while diluted earnings per share were up 11.0%. The earnings improvement during 2006 over that of 2005 is primarily attributable to higher net interest income, which more than offset increases in provision expense and overhead costs.
The following table shows some of the key performance and equity ratios for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
                 
    2006   2005
Return on average total assets
    1.01 %     1.05 %
Return on average equity
    12.19       12.05  
Dividend payout ratio
    20.34       17.79  
Average equity to average assets
    8.31       8.73  

F-18


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income
Net interest income, the difference between revenue generated from earning assets and the interest cost of funding those assets, is our primary source of earnings. Interest income (adjusted for tax-exempt income) and interest expense totaled $138.5 million and $75.7 million during 2006, respectively, providing for net interest income of $62.8 million. During 2005, interest income and interest expense were $103.2 million and $46.8 million, respectively, providing for net interest income of $56.4 million. In comparing 2006 with 2005, interest income increased 34.1%, interest expense was up 61.6% and net interest income increased 11.3%. The level of net interest income is primarily a function of asset size, as the weighted average interest rate received on earning assets is greater than the weighted average interest cost of funding sources; however, factors such as types and levels of assets and liabilities, interest rate environment, interest rate risk, asset quality, liquidity, and customer behavior also impact net interest income as well as the net interest margin.
The net interest margin declined from 3.50% in 2005 to 3.37% in 2006, a decrease of 3.7%. Our net interest margin during 2004 was 3.30%. Throughout 2005 and during the first half of 2006, our net interest margin was generally on an increasing trend. From June 2004 through June 2006, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) increased the federal funds rate by 25 basis points at 17 consecutive meetings, causing the prime rate to increase from 4.00% in June 2004 to 8.25% in June 2006. Our yield on assets increased significantly during this time period, as the interest rates on over 70% of our total loans and leases were tied to the prime rate. Our cost of funds also increased during this time period, as interest rates paid on our deposits and borrowings increased as well. However, our cost of funds increased at a slower rate than the increase in our yield on assets, with a significant portion of our interest-bearing liabilities comprised of fixed rate certificates of deposit and borrowings, resulting in a lagged increased cost of funds. The FOMC left the federal funds rate unchanged from June 2006 through September 2007, resulting in a relatively steady yield on assets during that time period. However, our cost of funds continued to increase as maturing fixed rate certificates of deposit and borrowings, which were obtained during lower interest rate environments, were replaced or renewed at higher interest rates.
Interest income is primarily generated from the loan and lease portfolio, and to a lesser degree from securities, federal funds sold and short term investments. Interest income increased $35.3 million during 2006 from that earned in 2005, totaling $138.5 million in 2006 compared to $103.2 million in the previous year. The increase is primarily due to the growth in earning assets and a higher interest rate environment during 2006 when compared to 2005. Reflecting the higher interest rate environment, the yield on average earning assets increased from 6.40% recorded in 2005 to 7.44% in 2006.
The growth in interest income is primarily attributable to an increase in earning assets and an increase in earning asset yields. During 2006, average earning assets increased $247.3 million, increasing from $1,613.4 million in 2005 to $1,860.7 million during 2006. Growth in average total loans and leases, totaling $227.7 million, comprised 92.1% of the increase in average earning assets during 2006. Interest income generated from the loan and lease portfolio increased $33.8 million during 2006 over the level earned in 2005, comprised of an increase of $16.1 million from the growth in the loan and lease portfolio and an increase of $17.7 million due to the increase in the yield earned on the loan portfolio to 7.68% from 6.54%. The increase in the loan and lease portfolio yield is primarily due to a higher interest rate environment during 2006 than in 2005.
Growth in the securities portfolio and an improved overall yield also added to the increase in interest income during 2006 over that of 2005. Average securities increased by $18.2 million in 2006, increasing from $172.1 million in 2005 to $190.3 million in 2006. The growth equated to an increase in interest income of $1.0 million, while an improved yield earned on the securities portfolio from 5.40% to 5.51% increased interest income by $0.2 million. Interest income earned on federal funds sold increased by $0.2 million due to a small increase in the average balance and a higher yield during 2006.

F-19


Table of Contents

Interest expense is primarily generated from interest-bearing deposits, and to a lesser degree from repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and subordinated debentures. Interest expense increased $28.8 million during 2006 from that expensed in 2005, totaling $75.6 million in 2006 compared to $46.8 million in the previous year. The increase in interest expense is primarily attributable to the impact of an increase in interest-bearing liabilities and a higher interest rate environment during 2006 when compared to 2005. Interest-bearing liabilities averaged $1,663.4 million during 2006, or $234.2 million higher than the average interest-bearing liabilities of $1,429.2 million during 2005. This growth resulted in increased interest expense of $9.3 million. An increase in interest expense of $19.6 million was recorded during 2006 primarily due to a higher interest rate environment during 2006 than in 2005. The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased from the 3.28% recorded in 2005 to 4.55% in 2006.
Average certificate of deposit growth during 2006 of $253.3 million equated to an increase in interest expense of $9.8 million, with an additional $15.2 million expensed due to the increase in the average rate paid as lower-rate certificates of deposit matured and were either renewed or replaced with higher-costing certificates of deposit throughout 2006. A decline in average savings deposits, totaling $20.9 million, equated to a decrease in interest expense of $0.6 million; however, interest expense of $1.0 million was recorded due to an increase in the average rate paid during 2006. Growth in average interest-bearing checking accounts of $0.2 million equated to a less than $0.1 million increase in interest expense, with an additional $0.4 million of interest expense recorded due to a higher average rate paid during 2006.
Average short term borrowings, comprised of repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased, increased $9.1 million during 2006, resulting in increased interest expense of $0.3 million, with an additional interest expense of $0.8 million recorded due to an increase in the average rate paid during 2006. Average FHLB advances decreased $9.2 million, equating to a decrease in interest expense of $0.3 million, with an increased average rate adding $1.5 million to interest expense. Growth in average long-term borrowings, comprised of subordinated debentures and deferred director and officer compensation programs, equated to an increase in interest expense of less than $0.1 million during 2006, with an increased average rate adding $0.6 million to interest expense.
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
The provision for loan and lease losses totaled $5.8 million during 2006, compared to the $3.8 million expensed during 2005. The increase primarily reflects an increase in the volume of loan and lease net charge-offs during 2006 when compared to 2005, partially offset by lower loan and lease growth in 2006. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2006 totaled $4.9 million, or 0.29% of average total loans and leases. Net loan and lease charge-offs during 2005 totaled $1.1 million, or 0.08% of average total loans and leases. Loan and lease growth during 2006 equaled $183.7 million, compared to loan and lease growth of $244.7 million during 2005. The allowance as a percentage of total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2006 was 1.23%, compared to 1.31% at year-end 2005.
In each accounting period, we adjust the allowance by the amount we believe is necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. Through the loan and lease review and credit departments, we attempt to allocate specific portions of the allowance based on specifically identifiable problem loans and leases. The evaluation of the allowance is further based on, but not limited to, consideration of the internally prepared Reserve Analysis, composition of the loan and lease portfolio, third party analysis of the loan and lease administration processes and portfolio and general economic conditions. In addition, the historically strong commercial loan and lease growth and expansions into new markets are taken into account.
The Reserve Analysis, used since our inception and completed monthly, applies reserve allocation factors to outstanding loan and lease balances to calculate an overall allowance dollar amount. For commercial loans and leases, which continue to comprise a vast majority of our total loans and leases, reserve allocation factors are based upon the loan ratings as determined by our standardized grade paradigms. For retail loans, reserve allocation factors are based upon the type of credit. Adjustments for specific lending relationships, including impaired loans and leases, are made on a case-by-case basis. The reserve allocation factors are primarily based on the recent levels and historical trends of net loan charge-offs and non-performing assets, the comparison of the recent levels and historical trends of net loan charge-offs and non-performing assets with a customized peer group consisting of ten similarly-sized publicly traded banking organizations conducting business in the states of Michigan, Illinois, Indiana

F-20


Table of Contents

or Ohio, the review and consideration of our loan and lease migration analysis and the experience of senior management making similar loans and leases for an extensive period of time. We regularly review the Reserve Analysis and make adjustments periodically based upon identifiable trends and experience.
Noninterest Income
Noninterest income totaled $5.3 million in 2006, a decrease of $0.4 million from the $5.7 million earned in 2005. Other noninterest income during 2005 included a one-time gain of $0.7 million which was recorded from the sale of state tax credits derived from the construction of the new main office in downtown Grand Rapids. Service charge income on deposit and repurchase agreements was unchanged in 2006 when compared to 2005; although the number of deposit accounts increased during 2006, the earnings credit rate also increased, reducing the level of fees paid by our depositors. Earnings from increased cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies increased $0.2 million in 2006, primarily reflecting a higher balance from the purchase of additional policies during the year. We recorded increases in virtually all other fee income-producing activities in 2006 when compared to 2005, with the exception of residential mortgage banking fees, which decreased $0.1 million due to lower volume of activity.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense during 2006 totaled $32.3 million, an increase of $1.2 million over the $31.1 million expensed in 2005. Salary expense and benefit costs increased $0.3 million in 2006 when compared to 2005. Base compensation increased approximately $2.9 million, primarily reflecting the increase in full-time equivalent employees from 273 at year-end 2005 to 291 at year-end 2006 and annual pay increases. However, bonus expense declined $2.6 million during 2006 when compared to 2005. Occupancy, furniture and equipment costs increased $0.9 million in 2006, primarily reflecting a full year’s expense associated with the opening of our main office in downtown Grand Rapids during the second quarter of 2005, and the opening of our leased facilities in Lansing and Ann Arbor during the third quarter of 2005. All other non-interest expenses, in aggregate, were relatively unchanged in 2006 when compared to 2005.
Federal Income Tax Expense
Federal income tax expense was $9.0 million in 2006, an increase of $0.9 million over the $8.1 million expensed during 2005. The increase during 2006 is primarily due to the growth in our pre-federal income tax profitability. The effective tax rate for 2006 was 31.1%, compared to 31.3% in 2005.
CAPITAL RESOURCES
Shareholders’ equity is a noninterest-bearing source of funds that provides support for our asset growth. Shareholders’ equity was $178.2 million and $171.9 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The $6.3 million increase during 2007 is primarily attributable to net income from operations, which equaled $9.0 million during 2007. Also positively impacting shareholders’ equity was a $1.4 million mark-to-market adjustment for available for sale securities as defined in SFAS No. 115, plus proceeds totaling $0.2 million relating to stock option exercises and our dividend reinvestment and employee stock purchase plans. Negatively impacting shareholders’ equity during 2007 was the payment of cash dividends, which totaled $4.7 million.
We and our bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Our and our bank’s capital ratios as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 are disclosed under Note 16 on pages F-59 and F-60 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Our ability to pay cash and stock dividends is subject to limitations under various laws and regulations and to prudent and sound banking practices. On April 10, 2007, we declared a 5% common stock dividend, payable on May 4, 2007 to record holders as of April 23, 2007. This represented the seventh consecutive year we have paid a 5% stock dividend. Also during 2007, we paid a cash dividend on our common stock each calendar quarter. These cash dividends totaled $0.55 per share for 2007, and $4.7 million in aggregate amount. On January 8, 2008, we declared a $0.15 per common share cash dividend that will be paid on March 10, 2008 to shareholders of record on February 8, 2008.

F-21


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY
Liquidity is measured by our ability to raise funds through deposits, borrowed funds, capital or cash flow from the repayment of loans and investment securities. These funds are used to fund loans, meet deposit withdrawals, maintain reserve requirements and operate our company. Liquidity is primarily achieved through the growth of local and out-of-area deposits and liquid assets such as securities available for sale, matured securities and federal funds sold. Asset and liability management is the process of managing the balance sheet to achieve a mix of earning assets and liabilities that maximizes profitability, while providing adequate liquidity.
Our primary liquidity strategy is to fund loan growth with deposits, repurchase agreements and other borrowed funds and to maintain an adequate level of short- and medium-term investments to meet typical daily loan and deposit activity. Although deposit and repurchase agreement growth from customers located in our market areas has generally consistently increased, this growth has not been sufficient to meet our loan growth and provide monies for additional investing activities. To assist in providing the additional needed funds, we have regularly obtained monies from wholesale funding sources. Wholesale funds, comprised of certificates of deposit from customers outside of our market areas and advances from the FHLB, totaled $1,105.0 million, or 58.7% of combined deposits and borrowed funds as of December 31, 2007, compared to $1,108.8 million, or 60.4% of combined deposits and borrowed funds as of December 31, 2006.
Although local deposits have and are expected to increase as new business, municipal governmental unit and individual deposit relationships are established and as existing customers increase the balances in their accounts, the relatively high reliance on wholesale funds will likely remain. Our primary source of wholesale funds is out-of-area deposits. Out-of-area deposits consist primarily of certificates of deposit placed by deposit brokers for a fee, but also include certificates of deposit obtained from the deposit owners directly. Out-of-area deposits totaled $925.0 million as of December 31, 2007, compared to $1,013.8 million as of December 31, 2006. The owners of out-of-area deposits include individuals, businesses and municipal governmental units located throughout the United States. Based on recent data compiled from reports filed with the FDIC, the brokered certificate of deposit market has experienced strong growth over the past several years. Nationwide brokered certificates of deposit total in excess of $500 billion, an increase of about 100% over the past five years. As part of our interest rate risk management strategy, a majority of our wholesale funds are comprised of fixed rate certificates of deposit and FHLB advances that mature within one year, reflecting the fact that a majority of our loans and leases have a floating interest rate tied to either prime or LIBOR rates. While this strategy increases inherent liquidity risk, we believe the increased liquidity risk is sufficiently mitigated by the benefits derived from an interest rate risk management standpoint. In addition, we have developed a comprehensive contingency funding plan which we believe further mitigates the increased liquidity risk.
Wholesale funds are generally a lower all-in cost source of funds when compared to the interest rates that would have to be offered in the local markets to generate a sufficient level of funds. Generally, interest rates paid on new out-of-area deposits and FHLB advances were similar to interest rates paid on new certificates of deposit issued to local customers. In addition, the overhead costs associated with wholesale funds are considerably less than the overhead costs that would be incurred to attract and administer a similar level of local deposits, especially if the estimated costs of a needed expanded branching network were taken into account. We believe the relatively low overhead costs reflecting our limited branch network mitigate our high reliance on wholesale funds and resulting relatively low net interest margin.
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Indianapolis, our bank has access to the FHLB advance borrowing programs. Advances totaled $180.0 million as of December 31, 2007, compared to $95.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 2006. Based on available collateral as of December 31, 2007, we could borrow an additional $117.8 million. Our bank also has the ability to borrow money on a daily basis through correspondent banks using established unsecured federal funds purchased lines, totaling $72.0 million as of December 31, 2007. Our federal funds purchased position averaged $4.6 million during 2007, compared to an average federal funds sold position of $8.2 million.

F-22


Table of Contents

The following table reflects, as of December 31, 2007, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date, excluding accrued interest:
                                         
    One Year or Less   One to Three Years   Three to Five Years   Over Five Years   Total
Deposits without a stated maturity
  $ 270,169,000     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 270,169,000  
 
Certificates of deposits
    1,030,178,000       259,723,000       31,111,000       0       1,321,012,000  
 
Short term borrowings
    111,265,000       0       0       0       111,265,000  
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    80,000,000       90,000,000       10,000,000       0       180,000,000  
 
Subordinated debentures
    0       0       0       32,990,000       32,990,000  
 
Other borrowed money
    0       0       0       4,013,000       4,013,000  
 
Operating leases
    319,000       583,000       346,000       0       1,248,000  
In addition to normal loan funding and deposit flow, we must maintain liquidity to meet the demands of certain unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit. At December 31, 2007, we had a total of $492.7 million in unfunded loan commitments and $81.3 million in unfunded standby letters of credit. Of the total unfunded loan commitments, $426.5 million were commitments available as lines of credit to be drawn at any time as customers’ cash needs vary, and $66.2 million were for loan commitments scheduled to close and become funded within the next twelve months. We monitor fluctuations in loan balances and commitment levels, and include such data in our overall liquidity management.
The following table depicts our loan commitments at the end of the past three years:
                         
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
Commercial unused lines of credit
  $ 377,493,000     $ 345,195,000     $ 303,115,000  
Unused lines of credit secured by 1-4 family residential properties
    33,083,000       29,314,000       27,830,000  
Credit card unused lines of credit
    9,035,000       8,510,000       7,971,000  
Other consumer unused lines of credit
    6,910,000       7,197,000       10,791,000  
Commitments to make loans
    66,196,000       60,850,000       83,280,000  
Standby letters of credit
    81,292,000       73,241,000       59,058,000  
 
                 
Total
  $ 574,009,000     $ 524,307,000     $ 492,045,000  
We monitor our liquidity position and funding strategies on an ongoing basis, but recognize that unexpected events, economic or market conditions, earnings problems, declining capital levels or situations beyond our control could either cause short term or long term liquidity challenges. While we believe it is unlikely that a funding crisis of any significant degree is likely to materialize, we have developed a comprehensive contingency funding plan that provides a framework for meeting both temporary and longer-term liquidity disruptions. Depending on the particular circumstances of a liquidity situation, possible strategies may include obtaining funds via one or a combination of the following sources of funds: established lines of credit at correspondent banks and the FHLB, brokered certificate of deposit market, wholesale securities repurchase markets, issuance of term debt, sale of assets or sale of common stock or other securities.

F-23


Table of Contents

MARKET RISK ANALYSIS
Our primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk and, to a lesser extent, liquidity risk. All of our transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars with no specific foreign exchange exposure. We have only limited agricultural-related loan assets and therefore have no significant exposure to changes in commodity prices. Any impact that changes in foreign exchange rates and commodity prices would have on interest rates is assumed to be insignificant. Interest rate risk is the exposure of our financial condition to adverse movements in interest rates. We derive our income primarily from the excess of interest collected on interest-earning assets over the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The rates of interest we earn on our assets and owe on our liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Since market interest rates change over time, we are exposed to lower profitability if we cannot adapt to interest rate changes. Accepting interest rate risk can be an important source of profitability and shareholder value; however, excessive levels of interest rate risk could pose a significant threat to our earnings and capital base. Accordingly, effective risk management that maintains interest rate risk at prudent levels is essential to our safety and soundness.
Evaluating the exposure to changes in interest rates includes assessing both the adequacy of the process used to control interest rate risk and the quantitative level of exposure. Our interest rate risk management process seeks to ensure that appropriate policies, procedures, management information systems and internal controls are in place to maintain interest rate risk at prudent levels with consistency and continuity. In evaluating the quantitative level of interest rate risk, we assess the existing and potential future effects of changes in interest rates on our financial condition, including capital adequacy, earnings, liquidity and asset quality.
We use two interest rate risk measurement techniques. The first, which is commonly referred to as GAP analysis, measures the difference between the dollar amounts of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities that will be refinanced or repriced during a given time period. A significant repricing gap could result in a negative impact to the net interest margin during periods of changing market interest rates.

F-24


Table of Contents

The following table depicts our GAP position as of December 31, 2007 (dollars in thousands):
                                         
    Within     Three to     One to     After        
    Three     Twelve     Five     Five        
    Months     Months     Years     Years     Total  
Assets:
                                       
Commercial loans (1)
  $ 919,282     $ 90,697     $ 596,701     $ 49,656     $ 1,656,336  
Leases
    9       172       2,684       0       2,865  
Residential real estate loans
    61,695       7,203       52,552       14,067       135,517  
Consumer loans
    1,882       85       2,589       606       5,162  
Securities (2)
    10,849       1,516       57,488       141,883       211,736  
Short term investments
    292       0       0       0       292  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    0       0       0       0       (25,814 )
Other assets
    0       0       0       0       135,309  
 
                             
Total assets
    994,009       99,673       712,014       206,212       2,121,403  
 
                                       
Liabilities:
                                       
Interest-bearing checking
    44,491       0       0       0       44,491  
Savings
    80,750       0       0       0       80,750  
Money market accounts
    11,872       0       0       0       11,872  
Time deposits under $100,000
    36,326       69,572       47,480       0       153,378  
Time deposits $100,000 and over
    356,661       567,619       243,354       0       1,167,634  
Short term borrowings
    111,265       0       0       0       111,265  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    20,000       60,000       100,000       0       180,000  
Long term borrowings
    37,003       0       0       0       37,003  
Noninterest-bearing checking
    0       0       0       0       133,056  
Other liabilities
    0       0       0       0       23,799  
 
                             
Total liabilities
    698,368       697,191       390,834       0       1,943,248  
Shareholders’ equity
    0       0       0       0       178,155  
 
                             
Total sources of funds
    698,368       697,191       390,834       0       2,121,403  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net asset (liability) GAP
  $ 295,641     $ (597,518 )   $ 321,180     $ 206,212          
 
                               
 
                                       
Cumulative GAP
  $ 295,641     $ (301,877 )   $ 19,303     $ 225,515          
 
                               
 
                                       
Percent of cumulative GAP to total assets
    13.9 %     (14.2 )%     0.9 %     10.6 %        
 
                               
 
(1)   Floating rate loans that are currently at interest rate ceilings or interest rate floors are treated as fixed rate loans and are reflected using maturity date and not repricing frequency.
 
(2)   Mortgage-backed securities are categorized by expected maturities based upon prepayment trends as of December 31, 2007.
The second interest rate risk measurement used is commonly referred to as net interest income simulation analysis. We believe that this methodology provides a more accurate measurement of interest rate risk than the GAP analysis, and therefore, it serves as our primary interest rate risk measurement technique. The simulation model assesses the direction and magnitude of variations in net interest income resulting from potential changes in market interest rates. Key assumptions in the model include prepayment speeds on various loan and investment assets; cash flows and maturities of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities; and changes in market conditions impacting loan and deposit volume and pricing. These assumptions are inherently uncertain, subject to fluctuation and revision in a dynamic environment; therefore, the model cannot precisely estimate net interest income or exactly predict the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions and our strategies, among other factors.

F-25


Table of Contents

We conducted multiple simulations as of December 31, 2007, in which it was assumed that changes in market interest rates occurred ranging from up 200 basis points to down 200 basis points in equal quarterly instalments over the next twelve months. The following table reflects the suggested impact on net interest income over the next twelve months in comparison to estimated net interest income based on our balance sheet structure, including the balances and interest rates associated with our specific loans, securities, deposits and borrowed funds, as of December 31, 2007. The resulting estimates are well within our policy parameters established to manage and monitor interest rate risk.
                 
    Dollar Change In   Percent Change In
Interest Rate Scenario   Net Interest Income   Net Interest Income
Interest rates down 200 basis points
  $ 2,620,000       4.6 %
 
Interest rates down 100 basis points
    3,108,000       5.4  
 
No change in interest rates
    3,386,000       5.9  
 
Interest rates up 100 basis points
    4,979,000       8.7  
 
Interest rates up 200 basis points
    6,529,000       11.4  
In addition to changes in interest rates, the level of future net interest income is also dependent on a number of other variables, including: the growth, composition and absolute levels of loans, deposits, and other earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; level of nonperforming assets; economic and competitive conditions; potential changes in lending, investing, and deposit gathering strategies; client preferences; and other factors.

F-26


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Mercantile Bank Corporation
Grand Rapids, Michigan
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Mercantile Bank Corporation as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mercantile Bank Corporation as of December 31, 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Mercantile Bank Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated February 25, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
     
/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
   
 
BDO Seidman, LLP
   
Grand Rapids, Michigan
February 25, 2008

F-27


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Mercantile Bank Corporation
Grand Rapids, Michigan
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Mercantile Bank Corporation as of December 31, 2006 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of Mercantile’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mercantile Bank Corporation as of December 31, 2006 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
         
 
  /s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC    
 
 
 
Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
   
Grand Rapids, Michigan
February 20, 2007

F-28


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Mercantile Bank Corporation
Grand Rapids, Michigan
We have audited Mercantile Bank Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Mercantile Bank Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report by Mercantile Bank Corporation’s Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Mercantile Bank Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Mercantile Bank Corporation as of December 31, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated February 25, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
     
/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP
   
 
BDO Seidman, LLP
   
Grand Rapids, Michigan
February 25, 2008

F-29


Table of Contents

February 25, 2008
REPORT BY MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION’S MANAGEMENT
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
Management assessed the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles as of December 31, 2007. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2007, Mercantile Bank Corporation maintained effective control over financial reporting presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles based on those criteria.
The Company’s independent auditors have issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Mercantile Bank Corporation
     
/s/ Michael H. Price
   
 
Michael H. Price
   
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
/s/ Charles E. Christmas
   
 
Charles E. Christmas
   
Senior Vice President – Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
   

F-30


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
                 
    2007     2006  
ASSETS
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 29,138,000     $ 51,098,000  
Short term investments
    292,000       282,000  
 
           
Total cash and cash equivalents
    29,430,000       51,380,000  
 
Securities available for sale
    136,673,000       130,967,000  
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $66,440,000 at December 31, 2007 and $65,025,000 at December 31, 2006)
    65,330,000       63,943,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    9,733,000       7,509,000  
 
Loans and leases
    1,799,880,000       1,745,478,000  
Allowance for loan and lease losses
    (25,814,000 )     (21,411,000 )
 
           
Loans and leases, net
    1,774,066,000       1,724,067,000  
 
               
Premises and equipment, net
    34,351,000       33,539,000  
Bank owned life insurance policies
    39,118,000       30,858,000  
Accrued interest receivable
    9,957,000       10,287,000  
Other assets
    22,745,000       14,718,000  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 2,121,403,000     $ 2,067,268,000  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Deposits
               
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 133,056,000     $ 133,197,000  
Interest-bearing
    1,458,125,000       1,513,706,000  
 
           
Total
    1,591,181,000       1,646,903,000  
 
               
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    97,465,000       85,472,000  
Federal funds purchased
    13,800,000       9,800,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    180,000,000       95,000,000  
Subordinated debentures
    32,990,000       32,990,000  
Other borrowed money
    4,013,000       3,316,000  
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    23,799,000       21,872,000  
 
           
Total liabilities
    1,943,248,000       1,895,353,000  
 
               
Shareholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock, no par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued
    0       0  
Common stock, no par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 8,527,197 and 8,022,221 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006
    172,938,000       161,223,000  
Retained earnings
    4,948,000       11,794,000  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    269,000       (1,102,000 )
 
           
Total shareholders’ equity
    178,155,000       171,915,000  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 2,121,403,000     $ 2,067,268,000  
 
           
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-31


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Interest income
                       
Loans and leases, including fees
  $ 133,685,000     $ 127,470,000     $ 93,666,000  
Securities, taxable
    7,243,000       6,557,000       5,588,000  
Securities, tax-exempt
    2,813,000       2,739,000       2,596,000  
Federal funds sold
    420,000       482,000       266,000  
Short-term investments
    20,000       12,000       14,000  
 
                 
Total interest income
    144,181,000       137,260,000       102,130,000  
 
                       
Interest expense
                       
Deposits
    76,221,000       64,755,000       38,884,000  
Short-term borrowings
    3,493,000       2,867,000       1,795,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    6,100,000       5,393,000       4,200,000  
Long-term borrowings
    2,810,000       2,658,000       1,959,000  
 
                 
Total interest expense
    88,624,000       75,673,000       46,838,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net interest income
    55,557,000       61,587,000       55,292,000  
 
                       
Provision for loan and lease losses
    11,070,000       5,775,000       3,790,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
    44,487,000       55,812,000       51,502,000  
 
                       
Noninterest income
                       
Service charges on accounts
    1,610,000       1,386,000       1,391,000  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance policies
    1,252,000       1,165,000       997,000  
Credit and debit card fees
    668,000       557,000       457,000  
Letter of credit fees
    613,000       443,000       422,000  
Mortgage banking activities
    464,000       553,000       634,000  
Net gain on sales of commercial loans
    0       29,000       84,000  
Other income
    1,263,000       1,128,000       1,676,000  
 
                 
Total noninterest income
    5,870,000       5,261,000       5,661,000  
 
                       
Noninterest expense
                       
Salaries and benefits
    22,876,000       18,983,000       18,635,000  
Occupancy
    3,300,000       3,136,000       2,641,000  
Furniture and equipment rent, depreciation and maintenance
    2,063,000       2,050,000       1,667,000  
Data processing
    2,017,000       1,657,000       1,186,000  
Nonperforming asset costs
    1,099,000       430,000       723,000  
Advertising
    585,000       600,000       554,000  
Other expense
    6,416,000       5,406,000       5,711,000  
 
                 
Total noninterest expenses
    38,356,000       32,262,000       31,117,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Income before federal income tax expense
    12,001,000       28,811,000       26,046,000  
 
                       
Federal income tax expense
    3,035,000       8,964,000       8,145,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income
  $ 8,966,000     $ 19,847,000     $ 17,901,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic
  $ 1.06     $ 2.36     $ 2.14  
 
                 
Diluted
  $ 1.06     $ 2.33     $ 2.10  
 
                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-32


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
                                 
                    Accumulated Other     Total  
    Common     Retained     Comprehensive     Shareholders’  
    Stock     Earnings     Income/(Loss)     Equity  
Balances, January 1, 2005
  $ 131,010,000     $ 10,475,000     $ 132,000     $ 141,617,000  
 
                               
Payment of 5% stock dividend
    17,187,000       (17,191,000 )             (4,000 )
 
                               
Employee stock purchase plan, 2,615 shares
    97,000                       97,000  
 
                               
Dividend reinvestment plan, 4,303 shares
    159,000                       159,000  
 
                               
Stock option exercises, 43,973 shares
    396,000                       396,000  
 
                               
Stock tendered for stock option exercises, 8,445 shares
    (316,000 )                     (316,000 )
 
                               
Cash dividends ($0.39 per share)
            (3,185,000 )             (3,185,000 )
 
                               
Comprehensive income:
                               
Net income
            17,901,000               17,901,000  
Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net of reclassifications and tax effect
                    (1,540,000 )     (1,540,000 )
 
                             
 
                               
Total comprehensive income
                            16,361,000  
 
                       
 
                               
Balances, December 31, 2005
    148,533,000       8,000,000       (1,408,000 )     155,125,000  
 
                               
Payment of 5% stock dividend
    12,014,000       (12,018,000 )             (4,000 )
 
                               
Employee stock purchase plan, 2,912 shares
    107,000                       107,000  
 
                               
Dividend reinvestment plan, 2,657 shares
    98,000                       98,000  
 
                               
Stock option exercises, 64,971 shares
    814,000                       814,000  
 
                               
Stock tendered for stock option exercises, 15,685 shares
    (585,000 )                     (585,000 )
 
                               
Cash dividends ($0.48 per share)
            (4,035,000 )             (4,035,000 )
 
                               
Stock-based compensation expense
    242,000                       242,000  
 
                               
Comprehensive income:
                               
Net income
            19,847,000               19,847,000  
Change in net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of reclassifications and tax effect
                    306,000       306,000  
 
                             
 
                               
Total comprehensive income
                            20,153,000  
 
                       
 
                               
Balances, December 31, 2006
    161,223,000       11,794,000       (1,102,000 )     171,915,000  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
                                 
                    Accumulated Other     Total  
    Common     Retained     Comprehensive     Shareholders’  
    Stock     Earnings     Income/(Loss)     Equity  
Balances, December 31, 2006
  $ 161,223,000     $ 11,794,000     $ (1,102,000 )   $ 171,915,000  
 
                               
Payment of 5% stock dividend
    11,131,000       (11,135,000 )             (4,000 )
 
                               
Employee stock purchase plan, 3,966 shares
    91,000                       91,000  
 
                               
Dividend reinvestment plan, 3,137 shares
    76,000                       76,000  
 
                               
Stock option exercises, 52,117 shares
    643,000                       643,000  
 
                               
Stock tendered for stock option exercises, 18,291 shares
    (587,000 )                     (587,000 )
 
                               
Cash dividends ($0.55 per share)
            (4,677,000 )             (4,677,000 )
 
                               
Stock-based compensation expense
    361,000                       361,000  
 
                               
Comprehensive income:
                               
Net income
            8,966,000               8,966,000  
Change in net unrealized gain/(loss) on securities available for sale, net of reclassifications and tax effect
                    1,371,000       1,371,000  
 
                             
 
                               
Total comprehensive income
                            10,337,000  
 
                       
 
                               
Balances, December 31, 2007
    172,938,000       4,948,000       269,000       178,155,000  
 
                       
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-34


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 8,966,000     $ 19,847,000     $ 17,901,000  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    3,080,000       2,887,000       2,555,000  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    11,070,000       5,775,000       3,790,000  
Provision for deferred income taxes
    (2,103,000 )     (474,000 )     (979,000 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    361,000       242,000       0  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends
    0       0       (146,000 )
Net gain on sales of commercial loans
    0       (29,000 )     (84,000 )
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale
    32,911,000       18,133,000       22,121,000  
Origination of mortgage loans held for sale
    (33,408,000 )     (18,766,000 )     (22,417,000 )
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
    (432,000 )     (231,000 )     (206,000 )
Earnings on bank owned life insurance policies
    (1,252,000 )     (1,165,000 )     (997,000 )
Net change in:
                       
Accrued interest receivable
    330,000       (2,013,000 )     (2,630,000 )
Other assets
    (736,000 )     (595,000 )     (2,000 )
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    1,927,000       5,277,000       7,190,000  
 
                 
Net cash from operating activities
    20,714,000       28,888,000       26,096,000  
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchases of:
                       
Securities available for sale
    (15,406,000 )     (24,886,000 )     (38,217,000 )
Securities held to maturity
    (4,658,000 )     (4,567,000 )     (10,065,000 )
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    (2,224,000 )     0       (943,000 )
Proceeds from:
                       
Maturities, calls and repayments of securities available for sale
    11,969,000       7,423,000       16,686,000  
Maturities, calls and repayments of securities held to maturity
    3,221,000       1,330,000       1,586,000  
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    0       378,000       0  
Loan and lease originations and payments, net
    (66,555,000 )     (189,793,000 )     (246,740,000 )
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
    (3,513,000 )     (5,911,000 )     (7,677,000 )
Purchases of bank owned life insurance policies
    (7,008,000 )     (1,621,000 )     (3,324,000 )
 
                 
Net cash for investing activities
    (84,174,000 )     (217,647,000 )     (288,694,000 )
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
    (55,722,000 )     227,551,000       260,171,000  
Net increase in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    11,993,000       13,271,000       15,884,000  
Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased
    4,000,000       200,000       (5,400,000 )
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    175,000,000       80,000,000       75,000,000  
Pay-off of Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    (90,000,000 )     (115,000,000 )     (65,000,000 )
Net increase in other borrowed money
    697,000       969,000       738,000  
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares on stock dividend
    (4,000 )     (4,000 )     (4,000 )
Employee stock purchase plan
    91,000       107,000       97,000  
Dividend reinvestment plan
    76,000       98,000       159,000  
Stock option exercises, net
    56,000       229,000       80,000  
Cash dividends
    (4,677,000 )     (4,035,000 )     (3,185,000 )
 
                 
Net cash from financing activities
    41,510,000       203,386,000       278,540,000  
 
                 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-35


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (21,950,000 )     14,627,000       15,942,000  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    51,380,000       36,753,000       20,811,000  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 29,430,000     $ 51,380,000     $ 36,753,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 87,707,000     $ 67,925,000     $ 40,671,000  
Federal income taxes
    5,730,000       10,875,000       8,657,000  
Transfers from loans and leases to foreclosed assets
    6,415,000       2,129,000       1,556,000  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-36


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation : The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Mercantile Bank Corporation (“Mercantile”) and its subsidiary, Mercantile Bank of Michigan (“Bank”), and of Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC (“Mortgage Company”), Mercantile Bank Real Estate Co., L.L.C. (“Mercantile Real Estate”) and Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc. (“Mercantile Insurance”), subsidiaries of our bank, after elimination of significant intercompany transactions and accounts.
We formed a business trust, Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I (“the trust”), in 2004 to issue trust preferred securities. We issued subordinated debentures to the trust in return for the proceeds raised from the issuance of the trust preferred securities. In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , the trust is not consolidated, but instead we report the subordinated debentures issued to the trust as a liability.
Nature of Operations : Mercantile was incorporated on July 15, 1997 to establish and own the Bank based in Grand Rapids, Michigan. The Bank is a community-based financial institution. The Bank began operations on December 15, 1997. The Bank’s primary deposit products are checking, savings, and term certificate accounts, and its primary lending products are commercial loans, commercial leases, residential mortgage loans, and instalment loans. Substantially all loans and leases are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, real estate or consumer assets. Commercial loans and leases are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. Real estate loans are secured by commercial or residential real estate. The Bank’s loan accounts are primarily with customers located in the Grand Rapids, Holland, Lansing, Ann Arbor and Oakland County areas. The Bank’s retail deposits are also from customers located within those areas. As an alternative source of funds, the Bank has also issued certificates to depositors outside of the Bank’s primary market areas. Substantially all revenues are derived from banking products and services and investment securities.
Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was formed during 2000. A subsidiary of the Bank, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was established to increase the profitability and efficiency of the mortgage loan operations. Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company initiated business on October 24, 2000 via the Bank’s contribution of most of its residential mortgage loan portfolio and participation interests in certain commercial mortgage loans. On the same date, the Bank also transferred its residential mortgage origination function to Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company. On January 1, 2004, Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company was reorganized as Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC, a limited liability company, which is 99% owned by the Bank and 1% owned by Mercantile Insurance. Mortgage loans originated and held by Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company are serviced by the Bank pursuant to a servicing agreement.
Mercantile Insurance was formed during 2002 through the acquisition of an existing shelf insurance agency. Insurance products are offered through an Agency and Institutions Agreement among Mercantile Insurance, the Bank and Hub International. The insurance products are marketed through a central facility operated by the Michigan Bankers Insurance Association, members of which include the insurance subsidiaries of various Michigan-based financial institutions and Hub International. Mercantile Insurance receives commissions based upon written premiums produced under the Agency and Institutions Agreement.
Mercantile Real Estate was organized on July 21, 2003, principally to develop, construct, and own a new facility in downtown Grand Rapids that serves as our bank’s main office and Mercantile’s headquarters. This facility was placed into service during the second quarter of 2005.
Mercantile filed an election to become a financial holding company pursuant to Title I of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations effective March 23, 2000.
(Continued)

F-37


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Use of Estimates : To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and future results could differ. The allowance for loan and lease losses and the fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.
Cash Flow Reporting : Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits with other financial institutions, short-term investments (including securities with daily put provisions) and federal funds sold. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions, interest-bearing time deposits with other financial institutions and short-term borrowings with maturities of 90 days or less.
Securities : Debt securities classified as held to maturity are carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold prior to maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Other securities such as Federal Home Loan Bank stock are carried at cost.
Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of discounts. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized or accreted on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.
Declines in the fair value of securities below their amortized cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) our ability and intent to hold the security for a period sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.
Loans and Leases : Loans and leases that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs and an allowance for loan and lease losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments. Net unamortized deferred loan fees amounted to $0.3 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Interest income on commercial loans and leases and mortgage loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well-secured and in process of collection. Consumer and credit card loans are typically charged off no later than when they are 120 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan or lease. In all cases, loans and leases are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal and interest is considered doubtful.
All interest accrued but not received for loans and leases placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans and leases is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans and leases are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
(Continued)

F-38


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Loans Held for Sale : Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings. Such loans are sold service released. The balance of loans held for sale equaled $1.9 million and $1.4 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Mortgage banking activities include fees on direct brokered mortgage loans and the net gain on sale of mortgage loans originated for sale.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses : The allowance for loan and lease losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. Loan and lease losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan or lease balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan and lease loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans and leases, but the entire allowance is available for any loan or lease that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off.
A loan or lease is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan or lease and the borrower, including the length of delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial loans and leases and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. We do not separately identify individual residential and consumer loans for impairment disclosures.
Transfers of Financial Assets : Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when: (1) the assets have been isolated from the corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Premises and Equipment : Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 5 to 33 years. Furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 7 years. Maintenance, repairs and minor alterations are charged to current operations as expenditures occur and major improvements are capitalized.
Long-lived Assets : Premises and equipment and other long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value.
Foreclosed Assets: Assets acquired through or instead of foreclosure are initially recorded at the estimated fair value net of estimated selling costs when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed.
(Continued)

F-39


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain key officers. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized.
Repurchase Agreements : Substantially all repurchase agreement liabilities represent amounts advanced by various customers. Securities are pledged to cover these liabilities, which are not covered by federal deposit insurance.
Financial Instruments and Loan Commitments : Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded. Instruments, such as standby letters of credit that are considered financial guarantees in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 45, are recorded at fair value.
Stock Compensation: Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, using the modified prospective transition method, was adopted effective January 1, 2006. Accordingly, stock-based employee compensation cost was recorded starting in 2006 using the fair value method. For 2006, adopting this standard resulted in a reduction in net income before taxes and net income of $242,000 and a decrease in basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.03.
Prior to January 1, 2006, employee compensation expense under stock options was reported using the intrinsic value method; therefore, no stock-based compensation cost is reflected in net income for the year ended December 31, 2005, as all options granted had an exercise price equal to or greater than the market price of the underlying common stock at date of grant.
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if expense was measured using the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , for the year ended December 31, 2005:
         
Net income as reported
  $ 17,901,000  
Deduct: Stock-based compensation expense determined under fair value based method
    861,000  
 
     
Pro forma net income
    17,040,000  
 
       
Basic earnings per share as reported
  $ 2.14  
Pro forma basic earnings per share
    2.03  
 
Diluted earnings per share as reported
  $ 2.10  
Pro forma diluted earnings per share
    1.99  
Income Taxes : Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable, the change in deferred income tax assets and liabilities, and any adjustments related to unrecognized tax benefits. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates applicable to future years. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred income tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
(Continued)

F-40


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
We adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), as of January 1, 2007. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. The adoption of FIN 48 had no affect on our financial statements as we had no unrecognized tax benefits at anytime during 2007 and do not anticipate any significant increase in unrecognized tax benefits during 2008. Should the accrual of any interest or penalties relative to unrecognized tax benefits be necessary, it is our policy to record such accruals in our income tax accounts; no such accruals existed at anytime during 2007. We file U.S. federal income tax returns which are subject to examination for all years after 2003.
Fair Values of Financial Instruments : Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The fair value estimates of existing on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments do not include the value of anticipated future business or the values of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.
Earnings Per Share : Basic earnings per share is based on weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options and restricted stock awards and are determined using the treasury stock method. Earnings per share are restated for all stock dividends, including the 5% stock dividends paid on May 4, 2007, May 16, 2006 and August 1, 2005. The fair value of shares issued in stock dividends is transferred from retained earnings to common stock to the extent of available retained earnings. The impact of the 2007 stock dividend was previously reported as a $14,948,000 million increase to common stock and a $14,952,000 decrease to retained earnings in the Company’s quarterly reports on Form 10-Q in 2007. These financial statements properly reflect this stock dividend as an $11,131,000 increase to common stock and an $11,135,000 decrease to retained earnings. Management determined this difference was not material and did not require restatement of previously filed quarterly reports on Form 10-Q.
Comprehensive Income : Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale which are also recognized as separate components of equity.
Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. We do not believe there are any such matters that would have a material effect on the financial statements.
Reclassifications : Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
Operating Segment : While we monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services offered, the Company manages its business on the basis of one operating segment, banking, in accordance with the qualitative and quantitative criteria established by SFAS No. 131.
(Continued)

F-41


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Adoption of New Accounting Standards : In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations , to further enhance the accounting and financial reporting related to business combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer in a business combination (1) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, (2) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (3) determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Therefore, the effects of the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) will depend upon the extent and magnitude of acquisitions after December 31, 2008.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. The Statement does not require any new fair value measurements and was originally effective beginning January 1, 2008. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 157-2. FSP FAS 157-2 defers the effective date of SFAS No. 157 until January 1, 2009 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities except those items recognized or disclosed at fair value on an annual or more frequently recurring basis. Management has not completed its review of the new guidance; however, the effect of the Statement’s implementation is not expected to be material to the results of operations or financial position.
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . This Statement permits entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. For items for which the fair value option has been elected, unrealized gains and losses are to be reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The fair value option is irrevocable unless a new election date occurs, may be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, and applies only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. SFAS No. 159 provides an opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting. SFAS No. 159 is effective beginning January 1, 2008. Management has not completed its review of the new guidance; however, the effect of the Statement’s implementation is not expected to be material to the results of operations or financial position.
(Continued)

F-42


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 2 — SECURITIES
The amortized cost, fair value of available for sale securities and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
2007
                               
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ 80,129,000     $ 860,000     $ (44,000 )   $ 80,945,000  
Mortgage-backed securities
    55,003,000       193,000       (577,000 )     54,619,000  
Mutual fund
    1,127,000       0       (18,000 )     1,109,000  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 136,259,000     $ 1,053,000     $ (639,000 )   $ 136,673,000  
 
                       
 
                               
2006
                               
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ 77,544,000     $ 197,000     $ (905,000 )   $ 76,836,000  
Mortgage-backed securities
    54,039,000       80,000       (1,036,000 )     53,083,000  
Mutual fund
    1,080,000       0       (32,000 )     1,048,000  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 132,663,000     $ 277,000     $ (1,973,000 )   $ 130,967,000  
 
                       
The carrying amount, unrecognized gains and losses, and fair value of securities held to maturity were as follows:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
    Carrying     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Amount     Gains     Losses     Value  
2007
                               
Municipal general obligation bonds
  $ 57,668,000     $ 1,084,000     $ (164,000 )   $ 58,588,000  
Municipal revenue bonds
    7,662,000       198,000       (8,000 )     7,852,000  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 65,330,000     $ 1,282,000     $ (172,000 )   $ 66,440,000  
 
                       
 
                               
2006
                               
Municipal general obligation bonds
  $ 56,870,000     $ 1,098,000     $ (197,000 )   $ 57,771,000  
Municipal revenue bonds
    7,073,000       198,000       (17,000 )     7,254,000  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 63,943,000     $ 1,296,000     $ (214,000 )   $ 65,025,000  
 
                       
(Continued)

F-43


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 2 — SECURITIES (Continued)
Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2007 and 2006, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, are as follows:
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
Description of Securities   Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
2007
                                               
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ 0     $ 0     $ 7,953,000     $ (44,000 )   $ 7,953,000     $ (44,000 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,241,000       (3,000 )     35,277,000       (574,000 )     36,518,000       (577,000 )
Mutual fund
    0       0       1,109,000       (18,000 )     1,109,000       (18,000 )
Municipal general obligation bonds
    2,899,000       (29,000 )     11,001,000       (135,000 )     13,900,000       (164,000 )
Municipal revenue bonds
    255,000       (1,000 )     1,029,000       (7,000 )     1,284,000       (8,000 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
 
  $ 4,395,000     $ (33,000 )   $ 56,369,000     $ (778,000 )   $ 60,764,000     $ (811,000 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
2006
                                               
U.S. Government agency debt obligations
  $ 1,971,000     $ (9,000 )   $ 53,939,000     $ (896,000 )   $ 55,910,000     $ (905,000 )
Mortgage-backed securities
    1,831,000       (12,000 )     40,784,000       (1,024,000 )     42,615,000       (1,036,000 )
Mutual fund
    0       0       1,048,000       (32,000 )     1,048,000       (32,000 )
Municipal general obligation bonds
    9,097,000       (90,000 )     7,771,000       (107,000 )     16,868,000       (197,000 )
Municipal revenue bonds
    620,000       (3,000 )     718,000       (14,000 )     1,338,000       (17,000 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
 
  $ 13,519,000     $ (114,000 )   $ 104,260,000     $ (2,073,000 )   $ 117,779,000     $ (2,187,000 )
 
                                   
We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis. Consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability we have to retain our investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, we may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred and the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial condition.
At December 31, 2007, 99 debt securities totaling $60.8 million and a mutual fund have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of $0.8 million, or 0.4% from the amortized cost basis of total securities. At December 31, 2007, 264 debt securities totaling $142.3 million have unrealized gains with aggregate appreciation of $2.3 million, or 1.2% from the amortized cost basis of total securities. After we considered whether the securities were issued by the federal government or its agencies and whether downgrades by bond rating agencies had occurred, we determined that unrealized losses were due to an increasing interest rate environment. As we have the intent and ability to hold debt securities until maturity, or for the foreseeable future if classified as available for sale, no declines are deemed to be other-than-temporary.
(Continued)

F-44


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 2 — SECURITIES (Continued)
The amortized cost and fair values of debt securities at year-end 2007, by contractual maturity, are shown below. The contractual maturity is utilized below for U.S. Government agency debt obligations and municipal bonds. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mortgage backed securities, are shown separately.
The maturities of securities and their weighted average yields at December 31, 2007 are also shown in the following table. The yields for municipal securities are shown at their tax equivalent yield.
                                                 
    Held-to-Maturity     Available-for-Sale  
    Weighted                     Weighted              
    Average     Carrying     Fair     Average     Amortized     Fair  
    Yield     Amount     Value     Yield     Cost     Value  
Due in one year or less
    6.36 %   $ 1,517,000     $ 1,526,000     NA     $ 0     $ 0  
Due from one to five years
    6.92       10,083,000       10,443,000       4.92 %     34,781,000       35,055,000  
Due from five to ten years
    6.38       11,784,000       12,067,000       5.24       45,348,000       45,890,000  
Due after ten years
    6.37       41,946,000       42,404,000     NA       0       0  
Mortgage-backed
  NA       0       0       5.12       55,003,000       54,619,000  
Mutual fund
  NA       0       0       4.25       1,127,000       1,109,000  
 
                                       
 
                                               
 
    6.45 %   $ 65,330,000     $ 66,440,000       5.10 %   $ 136,259,000     $ 136,673,000  
 
                                       
During 2007, 2006 and 2005, there were no securities sold.
At year-end 2007 and 2006, the amortized cost of securities issued by the state of Michigan and all its political subdivisions totaled $65.3 million and $63.9 million, with an estimated market value of $66.4 million and $65.0 million, respectively. Total securities of any other specific issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, did not exceed 10% of shareholders’ equity.
The carrying value of securities that are pledged to secure repurchase agreements and other deposits was $109.2 million and $92.2 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Investments in Federal Home Loan Bank stock are restricted and may only be resold, or redeemed by, the issuer.
(Continued)

F-45


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 3 — LOANS AND LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
Year-end loans and leases are as follows:
                                         
                                    Percent  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006     Increase/  
    Balance     %     Balance     %     (Decrease)  
Real Estate:
                                       
Construction and land development
  $ 263,868,000       14.7 %   $ 299,792,000       17.1 %     (12.0 )%
Secured by 1 - 4 family properties
    135,517,000       7.5       131,829,000       7.6       2.8  
Secured by multi- family properties
    51,951,000       2.9       39,941,000       2.3       30.1  
Secured by nonresidential properties
    855,872,000       47.6       793,000,000       45.4       7.9  
Commercial
    484,645,000       26.9       471,272,000       27.0       2.8  
Leases
    2,865,000       0.1       1,388,000       0.1       106.4  
Consumer
    5,162,000       0.3       8,256,000       0.5       (37.5 )
 
                             
 
                                       
 
  $ 1,799,880,000       100.0 %   $ 1,745,478,000       100.0 %     3.1 %
 
                             
Activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses is as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Beginning balance
  $ 21,411,000     $ 20,527,000     $ 17,819,000  
Provision for loan and lease losses
    11,070,000       5,775,000       3,790,000  
Charge-offs
    (7,274,000 )     (5,389,000 )     (1,392,000 )
Recoveries
    607,000       498,000       310,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Ending balance
  $ 25,814,000     $ 21,411,000     $ 20,527,000  
 
                 
Impaired loans and leases were as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
Year-end loans with no allocated allowance for loan and lease losses
  $ 10,842,000     $ 558,000  
Year-end loans with allocated allowance for loan and lease losses
    14,052,000       3,999,000  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 24,894,000     $ 4,557,000  
 
           
 
               
Amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses allocated
  $ 3,237,000     $ 1,149,000  
Impaired loans and leases for which no allocation to the allowance for loan and leases losses has been made generally reflect situations whereby the loans and leases have been charged-down to estimated collateral value. The Bank recognized no interest income on impaired loans during 2007, 2006 or 2005. Average impaired loans were $14.0 million, $6.1 million and $2.5 million during 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Lost interest income on nonaccrual loans totaled $0.9 million, $0.3 million and $0.1 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Nonperforming loans includes both smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.
(Continued)

F-46


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 3 — LOANS AND LEASES AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES (Continued)
                 
    2007     2006  
Nonperforming loans and leases were as follows:
               
 
               
Loans and leases past due 90 days or more still accruing interest
  $ 977,000     $ 819,000  
Nonaccrual loans and leases
    28,832,000       7,752,000  
 
           
 
 
  $ 29,809,000     $ 8,571,000  
 
           
Concentrations within the loan portfolio were as follows at year-end:
                                 
    2007   2006
            Percentage of           Percentage of
    Balance   Loan Portfolio   Balance   Loan Portfolio
Commercial real estate loans to lessors of non-residential buildings
  $ 483,210,000       26.8 %   $ 471,222,000       27.0 %
NOTE 4 — PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Year-end premises and equipment are as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
Land and improvements
  $ 8,534,000     $ 8,021,000  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    24,559,000       23,036,000  
Furniture and equipment
    12,164,000       10,773,000  
 
           
 
    45,257,000       41,830,000  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    10,906,000       8,291,000  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 34,351,000     $ 33,539,000  
 
           
Depreciation expense in 2007, 2006 and 2005 totaled $2,701,000, $2,578,000 and $2,043,000, respectively.
We entered into lease arrangements for our banking facilities in East Lansing and Ann Arbor, Michigan during 2005. The lease for the East Lansing banking facility was terminated upon the completion of our own new banking facility during the second quarter of 2007. We entered into a lease arrangement for our banking facility in Oakland County during the fourth quarter of 2007. Rent expense for these facilities totaled $204,000 and $288,000 during 2007 and 2006, respectively. Minimum rent commitments under the operating leases were as follows, before considering renewal options that generally are present:
         
2008
  $ 319,000  
2009
    329,000  
2010
    254,000  
2011
    178,000  
2012
    168,000  
 
     
Total
  $ 1,248,000  
 
     
(Continued)

F-47


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 5 — DEPOSITS
Deposits at year-end are summarized as follows:
                                         
                                    Percent  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006     Increase/  
    Balance     %     Balance     %     (Decrease)  
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 133,056,000       8.4 %   $ 133,197,000       8.1 %     (0.1 )%
Interest-bearing checking
    44,491,000       2.8       39,943,000       2.4       11.4  
Money market
    11,872,000       0.7       9,409,000       0.6       26.2  
Savings
    80,750,000       5.1       92,370,000       5.6       (12.6 )
Time, under $100,000
    52,675,000       3.3       47,840,000       2.9       10.1  
Time, $100,000 and over
    343,296,000       21.6       310,326,000       18.8       10.6  
 
                             
 
    666,140,000       41.9       633,085,000       38.4       5.2  
 
                                       
Out-of-area time, under $100,000
    100,703,000       6.3       82,330,000       5.0       22.3  
Out-of-area time, $100,000 and over
    824,338,000       51.8       931,488,000       56.6       (11.5 )
 
                             
 
    925,041,000       58.1       1,013,818,000       61.6       (8.8 )
 
                             
 
                                       
 
  $ 1,591,181,000       100.0 %   $ 1,646,903,000       100.0 %     (3.4 )%
 
                             
Out-of-area certificates of deposit consist of certificates obtained from depositors outside of the primary market areas. As of December 31, 2007, out-of-area certificates of deposit totaling $914.9 million were obtained through deposit brokers, with the remaining $10.1 million obtained directly from the depositors.
The following table depicts the maturity distribution for certificates of deposit at year-end:
                 
    2007     2006  
In one year or less
  $ 1,030,178,000     $ 1,027,309,000  
In one to two years
    227,492,000       258,692,000  
In two to three years
    32,231,000       54,988,000  
In three to four years
    21,777,000       11,111,000  
In four to five years
    9,334,000       19,884,000  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 1,321,012,000     $ 1,371,984,000  
 
           
The following table depicts the maturity distribution for certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more at year-end:
                 
    2007     2006  
Up to three months
  $ 356,661,000     $ 351,745,000  
Three months to six months
    247,322,000       246,357,000  
Six months to twelve months
    320,297,000       341,461,000  
Over twelve months
    243,354,000       302,251,000  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 1,167,634,000     $ 1,241,814,000  
 
           
(Continued)

F-48


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 6 — SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
Information regarding securities sold under agreements to repurchase at year-end is summarized below:
                 
    2007   2006
Outstanding balance at year-end
  $ 97,465,000     $ 85,472,000  
Weighted average interest rate at year-end
    2.94 %     3.88 %
Average daily balance during the year
    88,685,000       72,228,000  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    3.67 %     3.71 %
Maximum month-end balance during the year
    102,881,000       85,472,000  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements) generally have original maturities of less than one year. Repurchase agreements are treated as financings and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as liabilities. Securities involved with the repurchase agreements are recorded as assets of the Bank and are primarily held in safekeeping by correspondent banks. Repurchase agreements are offered principally to certain large deposit customers. Repurchase agreements were secured by securities with a market value of $108.1 million and $91.2 million at year-end 2007 and 2006, respectively.
NOTE 7 — FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES
At year-end, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank were as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
Maturities January 2008 through January 2012, fixed rates from 4.01% to 5.34%, averaging 4.71%
  $ 180,000,000     $ 0  
 
               
Maturities January 2007 through May 2008, fixed rates from 3.70% to 5.69%, averaging 4.90%
    0       95,000,000  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 180,000,000     $ 95,000,000  
 
           
Each advance is payable at its maturity date, and is subject to a prepayment fee if paid prior to the maturity date. The advances are collateralized by residential mortgage loans, first mortgage liens on multi-family residential property loans, first mortgage liens on commercial real estate property loans, and substantially all other assets of the Bank, under a blanket lien arrangement. Our borrowing line of credit as of December 31, 2007 totaled $318.1 million.
Maturities over the next five years are:
         
2008
  $ 80,000,000  
2009
    60,000,000  
2010
    30,000,000  
2011
    0  
2012
    10,000,000  
(Continued)

F-49


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 8 — FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
The consolidated provision for income taxes is as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Current
  $ 5,138,000     $ 9,438,000     $ 9,124,000  
Deferred benefit
    (2,103,000 )     (474,000 )     (979,000 )
 
                 
Tax expense
  $ 3,035,000     $ 8,964,000     $ 8,145,000  
 
                 
Income tax expense was less than the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes. The reasons for the difference are as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Statutory rates
  $ 4,200,000     $ 10,084,000     $ 9,116,000  
Increase (decrease) from
                       
Tax-exempt interest
    (794,000 )     (795,000 )     (792,000 )
Bank owned life insurance
    (438,000 )     (408,000 )     (349,000 )
Other
    67,000       83,000       170,000  
 
                 
Tax expense
  $ 3,035,000     $ 8,964,000     $ 8,145,000  
 
                 
The net deferred income tax asset recorded includes the following amounts of deferred income tax assets and liabilities:
                 
    2007     2006  
Deferred income tax assets
               
Allowance for loan and lease losses
  $ 9,035,000     $ 7,494,000  
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale
    0       594,000  
Deferred loan fees
    111,000       231,000  
Deferred compensation
    1,404,000       1,181,000  
Other
    835,000       234,000  
 
           
 
    11,385,000       9,734,000  
 
               
Deferred income tax liabilities
               
Depreciation
    1,006,000       1,052,000  
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
    145,000       0  
Other
    713,000       525,000  
 
           
 
    1,864,000       1,577,000  
 
           
 
               
Net deferred income tax asset
  $ 9,521,000     $ 8,157,000  
 
           
A valuation allowance related to deferred income tax assets is required when it is considered more likely than not that all or part of the benefits related to such assets will not be realized. Management has determined that no valuation allowance was required at year-end 2007 or 2006.
(Continued)

F-50


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 9 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Stock-based compensation plans are used to provide directors and employees with an increased incentive to contribute to the long-term performance and growth of Mercantile, to align the interests of directors and employees with the interests of Mercantile’s shareholders through the opportunity for increased stock ownership and to attract and retain directors and employees. From 1997 through 2005, stock option grants were provided to directors and certain employees through several stock option plans, including the 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan and Independent Director Stock Option Plan. During 2006 and 2007, stock option and restricted stock grants were provided to certain employees through the Stock Incentive Plan of 2006.
Under our 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan, 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan and 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan, stock options granted to employees were granted at the market price on the date of grant, generally fully vest after one year and expire ten years from the date of grant. Stock options granted to non-executive officers during 2005 vested about three weeks after being granted. Under our Independent Director Stock Option Plan, stock options granted to non-employee directors are at 125% of the market price on the date of grant, fully vest after five years and expire ten years from the date of grant. The Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 replaced all of our outstanding stock option plans for stock options not previously granted. Under the Stock Incentive Plan of 2006, incentive awards may include, but are not limited to, stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and stock awards. Incentive awards that are stock options or stock appreciation rights are granted with an exercise price not less than the closing price of Mercantile stock on the day before the date of grant, with price, vesting and expiration date parameters determined by Mercantile’s Compensation Committee on a grant-by-grant basis. Generally, the stock options granted to employees during 2006 and 2007 fully vest after two years and expire after seven years. The restricted stock awards granted to certain employees during 2006 and 2007 fully vest after four years. No payments were required from employees for the restricted stock awards. At year-end 2007, there were approximately 502,000 shares authorized for future incentive awards.
As of December 31, 2007, there was $0.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options granted under our various stock-based compensation plans. This unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years. As of December 31, 2007, there was $1.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock granted under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006. The compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 3.5 years.
A summary of restricted stock activity is as follows:
                                 
    2007     2006  
            Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average  
    Shares     Fair Value     Shares     Fair Value  
Nonvested at beginning of year
    21,159     $ 37.94       0     NA  
Granted
    44,450       17.74       21,159     $ 37.94  
Vested
    0     NA     0     NA  
Forefeited
    (2,585 )     37.94       0     NA  
 
                       
Nonvested at end of year
    63,024     $ 23.69       21,159     $ 37.94  
 
                       
(Continued)

F-51


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 9 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)
A summary of stock option activity is as follows:
                                                 
    2007     2006     2005  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average             Average  
    Shares     Price     Shares     Price     Shares     Price  
Outstanding at beginning of year
    288,962     $ 24.07       330,378     $ 20.77       325,872     $ 16.92  
Granted
    54,099       17.74       25,867       37.94       49,863       35.88  
Exercised
    (52,117 )     12.33       (64,971 )     12.52       (43,973 )     9.00  
Forfeited or expired
    (19,189 )     34.38       (2,312 )     31.95       (1,384 )     33.67  
 
                                   
Outstanding at end of year
    271,755     $ 24.34       288,962     $ 24.07       330,378     $ 20.77  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Options exercisable at year-end
    181,544     $ 23.68       234,534     $ 21.55       283,029     $ 19.21  
 
                                   
The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities on our common stock. Historical data is used to estimate stock option expense and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of stock options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that stock options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the stock options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the stock option grant.
The fair value of stock options granted was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
Risk-free interest rate
    3.40 %     4.60 %     4.12 %
Expected option life
  5 Years     5 Years     7 Years  
Expected stock price volatility
    26 %     26 %     26 %
Dividend yield
    1 %     1 %     1 %
(Continued)

F-52


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 9 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (Continued)
Options outstanding at year-end 2007 were as follows:
                                         
    Outstanding     Exercisable  
            Weighted Average     Weighted             Weighted  
Range of           Remaining     Average             Average  
Exercise           Contractual     Exercise             Exercise  
Prices   Number     Life     Price     Number     Price  
$8.00 - $12.00
    23,157     2.6 Years   $ 8.42       23,157     $ 8.42  
$12.01 - $16.00
    27,736     3.8 Years     12.89       27,736       12.89  
$16.01 - $20.00
    79,998     6.2 Years     17.22       25,899       16.14  
$20.01 - $24.00
    7,632     4.8 Years     20.18       7,632       20.18  
$24.01 - $28.00
    26,394     5.8 Years     26.61       26,394       26.61  
$32.01 - $36.00
    77,998     7.3 Years     34.81       70,726       34.96  
$36.01 - $40.00
    21,326     5.9 Years     37.94       0     NA  
$40.01 - $44.00
    7,514     6.8 Years     40.28       0     NA  
 
                                   
 
                                       
Outstanding at year end
    271,755     5.9 Years   $ 24.34       181,544     $ 23.68  
 
                                   
The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the 181,544 stock options exercisable as of December 31, 2007 was 5.5 years.
Information related to options outstanding at year-end 2007, 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
Minimum exercise price
  $ 8.22     $ 7.09     $ 7.09  
Maximum exercise price
    40.28       40.28       40.28  
Average remaining option term
  5.9 Years   6.1 Years   6.5 Years  
Information related to stock option grants and exercises during 2007, 2006 and 2005 follows:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
Aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised
  $ 1,019,000     $ 1,616,000     $ 1,243,000  
Cash received from stock option exercises
    56,000       229,000       80,000  
Tax benefit realized from stock option exercises
    0       0       0  
Weighted average per share fair value of stock options granted
    4.60       11.44       13.51  
The aggregate intrinsic value of all stock options outstanding at December 31, 2007 was $236,000.
The aggregate intrinsic value of all stock options exercisable at December 31, 2007 was $236,000.
Shares issued as a result of the exercise of stock option grants have been new shares.
(Continued)

F-53


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 10 — RELATED PARTIES
Certain directors and executive officers of the Bank, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank. At year-end 2007 and 2006, the Bank had $19.1 million and $18.3 million in loan commitments to directors and executive officers, of which $14.7 million and $8.8 million were outstanding at year-end 2007 and 2006, respectively, as reflected in the following table:
                 
    2007     2006  
Beginning balance
  $ 8,797,000     $ 8,865,000  
New loans
    9,551,000       2,356,000  
Repayments
    (3,629,000 )     (2,424,000 )
 
           
 
               
Ending balance
  $ 14,719,000     $ 8,797,000  
 
           
Related party deposits and repurchase agreements totaled $14.2 million and $15.7 million at year-end 2007 and 2006, respectively.
NOTE 11 — COMMITMENTS AND OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK
We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized, if any, in the balance sheet. Our maximum exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance sheet instruments. Collateral, such as accounts receivable, securities, inventory, property and equipment, is generally obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the borrower. If required, estimated loss exposure resulting from these instruments is expensed and recorded as a liability. The balance of the liability account related to loan commitments was $0.5 million at year-end 2007 and 2006.
At year-end 2007 and 2006, the rates on existing off-balance sheet instruments were substantially equivalent to current market rates, considering the underlying credit standing of the counterparties.
(Continued)

F-54


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 11 — COMMITMENTS AND OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK (Continued)
Our maximum exposure to credit losses for loan commitments and standby letters of credit outstanding at year-end was as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
Commercial unused lines of credit
  $ 377,493,000     $ 345,195,000  
Unused lines of credit secured by 1 – 4 family residential properties
    33,083,000       29,314,000  
Credit card unused lines of credit
    9,035,000       8,510,000  
Other consumer unused lines of credit
    6,910,000       7,197,000  
Commitments to make loans
    66,196,000       60,850,000  
Standby letters of credit
    81,292,000       73,241,000  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 574,009,000     $ 524,307,000  
 
           
Commitments to make loans generally reflect our binding obligations to existing and prospective customers to extend credit, including line of credit facilities secured by accounts receivable and inventory, and term debt secured by either real estate or equipment. In most instances, line of credit facilities are for a one year term and are at a floating rate tied to the prime rate. For term debt secured by real estate, customers are generally offered a floating rate tied to the prime rate and a fixed rate currently ranging from 6.25% to 7.25%. These credit facilities generally balloon within five years, with payments based on amortizations ranging from 10 to 25 years. For term debt secured by non-real estate collateral, customers are generally offered a floating rate tied to the prime rate and a fixed rate currently ranging from 6.25% to 7.25%. These credit facilities generally mature and fully amortize within five years.
The following instruments are considered financial guarantees under FASB Interpretation No. 45. These instruments are carried at fair value.
                                 
    2007   2006
    Contract   Carrying   Contract   Carrying
    Amount   Value   Amount   Value
Standby letters of credit
  $ 81,292,000     $ 357,000     $ 73,241,000     $ 279,000  
We were required to have $0.3 million and $8.9 million of cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements at year-end 2007 and 2006, respectively. These balances do not earn interest.
(Continued)

F-55


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 12 — BENEFIT PLANS
We have a 401(k) benefit plan that covers substantially all of our employees. Our 2007, 2006 and 2005 matching 401(k) contributions charged to expense were $747,000, $674,000 and $554,000, respectively. The percent of our matching contributions to the 401(k) is determined annually by the Board of Directors. The 401(k) benefit plan allows employee contributions up to 15% of their compensation, which are matched at 100% of the first 5% of the compensation contributed. Matching contributions are immediately vested.
We have a deferred compensation plan in which all persons serving on the Board of Directors may defer all or portions of their annual retainer and meeting fees, with distributions to be paid only upon termination of service as a director. The deferred amounts are categorized on our financial statements as other borrowed money. The deferred balances are paid interest at a rate equal to the prime rate, adjusted at the beginning of each calendar quarter. Interest expense for the plan during 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $109,000, $81,000 and $43,000, respectively.
We have a non-qualified deferred compensation program in which selected officers may defer all or portions of salary and bonus payments. The deferred amounts are categorized on our financial statements as other borrowed money. The deferred balances are paid interest at a rate equal to the prime rate, adjusted at the beginning of each calendar quarter. Interest expense for the plan during 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $190,000, $148,000 and $79,000, respectively.
The Mercantile Bank Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan of 2002 (“Stock Purchase Plan”) is a non-compensatory plan intended to encourage full- and part-time employees of Mercantile and its subsidiaries to promote our best interests and to align employees’ interests with the interests of our shareholders by permitting employees to purchase shares of our common stock through regular payroll deductions. Shares are purchased on the last business day of each calendar quarter at a price equal to the average, rounded to the nearest whole cent, of the highest and lowest sales prices of our common stock reported on The Nasdaq Stock Market. Originally, 25,000 shares of common stock may be issued under the Stock Purchase Plan; however, the number of shares has been and may continue to be adjusted in the future to reflect stock dividends and other changes in our capitalization. The numbers of shares issued under the Stock Purchase Plan totaled 3,966 and 2,912 in 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, there were 16,893 shares available under the Stock Purchase Plan.
(Continued)

F-56


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 13 — FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows at year-end:
                                 
    2007   2006
    Carrying   Fair   Carrying   Fair
    Values   Values   Values   Values
Financial assets
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 29,430,000     $ 29,430,000     $ 51,380,000     $ 51,380,000  
Securities available for sale
    136,673,000       136,673,000       130,967,000       130,967,000  
Securities held to maturity
    65,330,000       66,440,000       63,943,000       65,025,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    9,733,000       9,733,000       7,509,000       7,509,000  
Loans, net
    1,774,066,000       1,777,883,000       1,724,067,000       1,707,039,000  
Bank owned life insurance policies
    39,118,000       39,118,000       30,858,000       30,858,000  
Accrued interest receivable
    9,957,000       9,957,000       10,287,000       10,287,000  
 
                               
Financial liabilities
                               
Deposits
    1,591,181,000       1,585,921,000       1,646,903,000       1,654,798,000  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    97,465,000       97,465,000       85,472,000       85,472,000  
Federal funds purchased
    13,800,000       13,800,000       9,800,000       9,800,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    180,000,000       180,303,000       95,000,000       94,801,000  
Subordinated debentures
    32,990,000       32,678,000       32,990,000       32,984,000  
Accrued interest payable
    21,130,000       21,130,000       20,213,000       20,213,000  
Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, Federal Home Loan Bank stock, accrued interest receivable and payable, bank owned life insurance policies, demand deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and variable rate loans or deposits that reprice frequently and fully. Security fair values are based on market prices or dealer quotes, and if no such information is available, on the rate and term of the security and information about the issuer. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent repricing or repricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair value of subordinated debentures and Federal Home Loan Bank advances is based on current rates for similar financing. Fair value of off balance sheet items is estimated to be nominal.
(Continued)

F-57


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 14 — EARNINGS PER SHARE
The factors used in the earnings per share computation follow:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Basic
                       
Net income
  $ 8,966,000     $ 19,847,000     $ 17,901,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    8,453,483       8,403,163       8,357,304  
 
                 
 
                       
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 1.06     $ 2.36     $ 2.14  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted
                       
Net income
  $ 8,966,000     $ 19,847,000     $ 17,901,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share
    8,453,483       8,403,163       8,357,304  
 
                       
Add: Dilutive effects of share-based awards
    44,255       114,809       186,717  
 
                 
 
                       
Average shares and dilutive potential common shares
    8,497,738       8,517,972       8,544,021  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 1.06     $ 2.33     $ 2.10  
 
                 
Share-based awards for 196,256, 31,940 and 7,524 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, because they were antidilutive.
NOTE 15 — SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
The trust, a business trust formed by the company, was incorporated in 2004 for the purpose of issuing Series A and Series B Preferred Securities. On September 16, 2004, the trust sold the Series A Preferred Securities in a private sale for $16.0 million, and also sold $495,000 of Series A Common Securities to Mercantile. The proceeds of the Series A Preferred Securities and the Series A Common Securities were used by the trust to purchase $16,495,000 of Series A Floating Rate Notes that were issued by Mercantile on September 16, 2004. Mercantile used the proceeds of the Series A Floating Rate Notes to finance the redemption on September 17, 2004 of the $16.0 million of 9.60% Cumulative Preferred Securities issued in 1999 by MBWM Capital Trust I. On December 10, 2004, the trust sold the Series B Preferred Securities in a private sale for $16.0 million, and also sold $495,000 of Series B Common Securities to Mercantile. The proceeds of the Series B Preferred Securities and the Series B Common Securities were used by the trust to purchase $16,495,000 of Series B Floating Rate Notes that were issued by Mercantile on December 10, 2004. Substantially all of the net proceeds of the Series B Floating Rate Notes were contributed to our bank as capital to provide support for asset growth, fund investments in loans and securities and for general corporate purposes.
The only significant assets of the trust are the Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes, and the only significant liabilities of the trust are the Series A and Series B Preferred Securities. The Series A and Series B Floating Rate Notes are categorized on our consolidated balance sheets as subordinated debentures and the interest expense is recorded on our consolidated statements of income under interest expense on long-term borrowings.
(Continued)

F-58


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 16 — REGULATORY MATTERS
Mercantile and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.
The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If an institution is not well capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. Subject to limited exceptions, no institution may make a capital distribution if, after making the distribution, it would be undercapitalized. If an institution is undercapitalized, it is subject to being closely monitored by its principal federal regulator, its asset growth and expansion are restricted, and plans for capital restoration are required. In addition, further specific types of restrictions may be imposed on the institution at the discretion of the federal regulator. At year-end 2007 and 2006, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that we believe has changed the Bank’s category.
At year end, actual capital levels (in thousands) and minimum required levels for Mercantile and the Bank were:
                                                 
                                    Minimum Required
                                    to be Well
                    Minimum Required   Capitalized Under
                    for Capital   Prompt Corrective
    Actual   Adequacy Purposes   Action Regulations
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
2007
                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 235,700       11.4 %   $ 165,562       8.0 %   $NA     NA
Bank
    232,435       11.3       165,292       8.0       206,615       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    209,886       10.1       82,781       4.0     NA     NA
Bank
    206,621       10.0       82,646       4.0       123,969       6.0  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    209,886       10.0       84,169       4.0     NA     NA
Bank
    206,621       9.8       84,061       4.0       105,076       5.0  
(Continued)

F-59


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 16 — REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)
                                                 
                                    Minimum Required
                                    to be Well
                    Minimum Required   Capitalized Under
                    for Capital   Prompt Corrective
    Actual   Adequacy Purposes   Action Regulations
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
2006
                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
  $ 226,428       11.5 %   $ 158,196       8.0 %   $NA     NA
Bank
    222,812       11.3       158,019       8.0       197,524       10.0 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    205,017       10.4       79,098       4.0     NA     NA
Bank
    201,401       10.2       79,010       4.0       118,514       6.0  
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
                                               
Consolidated
    205,017       10.0       81,682       4.0     NA     NA
Bank
    201,401       9.9       81,623       4.0       102,029       5.0  
Federal and state banking laws and regulations place certain restrictions on the amount of dividends the Bank can transfer to Mercantile and on the capital levels that must be maintained. At year-end 2007, under the most restrictive of these regulations (to remain well capitalized), the Bank could distribute approximately $18.6 million to Mercantile as dividends without prior regulatory approval.
The capital levels as of year-end 2007 and 2006 include $32.0 million of trust preferred securities issued by the trust in September 2004 and December 2004 subject to certain limitations. Federal Reserve guidelines limit the amount of trust preferred securities which can be included in Tier 1 capital of Mercantile to 25% of total Tier 1 capital. At year-end 2007 and 2006, all $32.0 million of the trust preferred securities were included as Tier 1 capital of Mercantile.
NOTE 17 — OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) components, other than net income, and related taxes were as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities
  $ 2,110,000     $ 470,000     $ (2,368,000 )
Reclassification adjustments for gains and losses later recognized in income
    0       0       0  
 
                 
Net unrealized gains and losses
    2,110,000       470,000       (2,368,000 )
Tax effect of unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities
    (739,000 )     (164,000 )     828,000  
Tax effect of reclassification adjustments for gains and losses later recognized in income
    0       0       0  
 
                 
 
                       
Other comprehensive income/(loss)
  $ 1,371,000     $ 306,000     $ (1,540,000 )
 
                 
(Continued)

F-60


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 18 — QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
                                         
    Interest   Net Interest   Net   Earnings per Share
    Income   Income   Income   Basic   Diluted
2007
                                       
First quarter
  $ 36,025,000     $ 14,484,000     $ 4,283,000     $ 0.51     $ 0.51  
Second quarter
    36,084,000       13,948,000       2,221,000       0.26       0.26  
Third quarter
    36,779,000       14,051,000       2,367,000       0.28       0.28  
Fourth quarter
    35,293,000       13,074,000       95,000       0.01       0.01  
 
                                       
2006
                                       
First quarter
  $ 31,099,000     $ 15,099,000     $ 4,929,000     $ 0.59     $ 0.58  
Second quarter
    33,746,000       15,646,000       5,111,000       0.61       0.60  
Third quarter
    35,675,000       15,547,000       5,202,000       0.62       0.61  
Fourth quarter
    36,740,000       15,295,000       4,605,000       0.54       0.54  
 
                                       
2005
                                       
First quarter
  $ 21,705,000     $ 12,655,000     $ 4,362,000     $ 0.55     $ 0.53  
Second quarter
    24,346,000       13,608,000       4,690,000       0.59       0.58  
Third quarter
    26,764,000       14,072,000       4,300,000       0.54       0.53  
Fourth quarter
    29,315,000       14,957,000       4,549,000       0.57       0.56  
NOTE 19 — MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Following are condensed parent company only financial statements:
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                 
    2007     2006  
ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,137,000     $ 2,323,000  
Investment in bank subsidiary
    206,890,000       200,300,000  
Other assets
    3,373,000       2,890,000  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 212,400,000     $ 205,513,000  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Liabilities
  $ 1,255,000     $ 608,000  
Subordinated debentures
    32,990,000       32,990,000  
Shareholders’ equity
    178,155,000       171,915,000  
 
           
 
               
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 212,400,000     $ 205,513,000  
 
           
(Continued)

F-61


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 19 — MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Income
                       
Dividends from subsidiaries
  $ 7,291,000     $ 6,440,000     $ 4,832,000  
Other
    19,000       73,000       46,000  
 
                 
Total income
    7,310,000       6,513,000       4,878,000  
 
                       
Expenses
                       
Interest expense
    2,512,000       2,429,000       1,837,000  
Other operating expenses
    2,835,000       1,917,000       942,000  
 
                 
Total expenses
    5,347,000       4,346,000       2,779,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary
    1,963,000       2,167,000       2,099,000  
 
                       
Federal income tax benefit
    (1,783,000 )     (1,392,000 )     (936,000 )
 
                       
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary
    5,220,000       16,288,000       14,866,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income
  $ 8,966,000     $ 19,847,000     $ 17,901,000  
 
                 
(Continued)

F-62


Table of Contents

MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2007 and 2006
NOTE 19 — MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 8,966,000     $ 19,847,000     $ 17,901,000  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
                       
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
    (5,220,000 )     (16,288,000 )     (14,866,000 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    361,000       242,000       0  
Change in other assets
    (483,000 )     9,000       (98,000 )
Change in other liabilities
    648,000       73,000       317,000  
 
                 
Net cash from operating activities
    4,272,000       3,883,000       3,254,000  
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Net capital investment into subsidiaries
    0       0       0  
 
                 
Net cash from investing activities
    0       0       0  
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Stock option exercises, net
    56,000       229,000       80,000  
Employee stock purchase plan
    91,000       107,000       97,000  
Dividend reinvestment plan
    76,000       98,000       159,000  
Cash dividends
    (4,677,000 )     (4,035,000 )     (3,185,000 )
Fractional shares paid
    (4,000 )     (4,000 )     (4,000 )
 
                 
Net cash for financing activities
    (4,458,000 )     (3,605,000 )     (2,853,000 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (186,000 )     278,000       401,000  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    2,323,000       2,045,000       1,644,000  
 
                 
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 2,137,000     $ 2,323,000     $ 2,045,000  
 
                 

F-63


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 6, 2008.
         
  MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
 
 
  /s/ Michael H. Price    
  Michael H. Price   
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer 
 
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 6, 2008.
         
/s/ Betty S. Burton
 
Betty S. Burton, Director
  /s/ Lawrence W. Larsen
 
Lawrence W. Larsen, Director
   
 
       
/s/ David M. Cassard
  /s/ Calvin D. Murdock    
 
       
David M. Cassard, Director
  Calvin D. Murdock, Director    
 
       
/s/ Edward J. Clark
  /s/ Michael H. Price    
 
       
Edward J. Clark, Director
  Michael H. Price, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)    
 
       
/s/ Peter A. Cordes
  /s/ Merle J. Prins    
 
       
Peter A. Cordes, Director
  Merle J. Prins, Director    
 
       
/s/ C. John Gill
  /s/ Timothy O. Schad    
 
       
C. John Gill, Director
  Timothy O. Schad, Director    
 
       
/s/ Doyle A. Hayes
  /s/ Dale J. Visser    
 
       
Doyle A. Hayes, Director
  Dale J. Visser, Director    
 
       
/s/ David M. Hecht
  /s/ Donald Williams, Sr.    
 
       
David M. Hecht, Director
  Donald Williams, Sr., Director    
 
       
/s/ Susan K. Jones
  /s/ Charles E. Christmas    
 
       
Susan K. Jones, Director
  Charles E. Christmas, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial and accounting officer)    

 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
       
 
  3.1    
Our Articles of Incorporation are incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2004
       
 
  3.2    
Our Amended and Restated Bylaws dated as of January 16, 2003 are incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.2 of our Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File No. 333-103376) that became effective on February 21, 2003
       
 
  10.1    
Our 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Commission File No. 333-33081) that became effective on October 23, 1997 *
       
 
  10.2    
Our 2000 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 *
       
 
  10.3    
Our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 *
       
 
  10.4    
Form of Stock Option Agreement for options under the 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 *
       
 
  10.5    
Our Independent Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.26 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
       
 
  10.6    
Form of Stock Option Agreement for options under the Independent Director Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed October 22, 2004 *
       
 
  10.7    
Mercantile Bank of West Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors (1999) is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registration Statement of the company and our trust on Form SB-2 (Commission File Nos. 333-84313 and 333-84313-01) that became effective on September 13, 1999 *
       
 
  10.8    
Amendment dated October 18, 2001 to Mercantile Bank of West Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors (1999)
       
 
  10.9    
Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors dated June 29, 2006
       
 
  10.10    
First Amendment dated October 10, 2007 to the Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors dated June 29, 2006
       
 
  10.11    
Agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of our Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Commission File No. 333-33081) that became effective on October 23, 1997
       
 
  10.12    
Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated May 12, 2000 extending the agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.15 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000

 


Table of Contents

         
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
       
 
  10.13    
Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated November 21, 2002 extending the agreement between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated September 10, 1997, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002
       
 
  10.14    
Extension Agreement of Data Processing Contract between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated December 20, 2006 extending the agreements between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and our bank dated September 10, 1997 and November 21, 2002
       
 
  10.15    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 *
       
 
  10.16    
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 *
       
 
  10.17    
Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 *
       
 
  10.18    
Employment Agreement dated as of October 18, 2001, among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 *
       
 
  10.19    
Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
       
 
  10.20    
Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
       
 
  10.21    
Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
       
 
  10.22    
Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 17, 2002, among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002 *
       
 
  10.23    
Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of October 28, 2004, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.21 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 *
       
 
  10.24    
Junior Subordinated Indenture between us and Wilmington Trust Company dated September 16, 2004 providing for the issuance of the Series A and Series B Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Notes due 2034 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004
       
 
  10.25    
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated September 16, 2004 for Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of our Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004
       
 
  10.26    
Placement Agreement between us, Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I, and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. dated September 16, 2004 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of our Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004

 


Table of Contents

         
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
       
 
  10.27    
Guarantee Agreement dated September 16, 2004 between Mercantile as Guarantor and Wilmington Trust Company as Guarantee Trustee is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of our Form 8-K filed December 15, 2004
       
 
  10.28    
Form of Agreement Amending Stock Option Agreement, dated November 17, 2005 issued under our 2004 Employee Stock Option Plan, is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed December 14, 2005 *
       
 
  10.29    
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2005, among the company, our bank and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
       
 
  10.30    
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2005, among the company, our bank and Michael H. Price is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
       
 
  10.31    
Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2005, among the company, our bank and Robert B. Kaminski, Jr. is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.30 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
       
 
  10.32    
Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 17, 2005, among the company, our bank and Charles E. Christmas is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.31 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
       
 
  10.33    
Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement, that has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.32 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
       
 
  10.34    
Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Amended and Restated Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement dated November 18, 2006, that has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank *
       
 
  10.35    
Form of First Amendment to the Mercantile Bank of Michigan Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement dated November 18, 2006, that has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank, dated October 25, 2007 *
       
 
  10.36    
Form of Mercantile Bank of Michigan Split Dollar Agreement that has been entered into between our bank and each of Gerald R. Johnson, Jr., Michael H. Price, Robert B. Kaminski, Jr., Charles E. Christmas, and certain other officers of our bank is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.33 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 *
       
 
  10.37    
Director Fee Summary *
       
 
  10.38    
Lease Agreement between our bank and The Conlin Company dated July 12, 2005 for our Ann Arbor, Michigan office is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 of our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005
       
 
  10.39    
Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 is incorporated by reference to Appendix A of our proxy statement for our April 27, 2006 annual meeting of shareholders that was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission *

 


Table of Contents

         
EXHIBIT NO.   EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
       
 
  10.40    
Form of Notice of Grant of Incentive Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement for incentive stock options granted in 2006 under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed November 22, 2006 *
       
 
  10.41    
Form of Notice of Grant of Incentive Stock Option and Stock Option Agreement for incentive stock options granted after 2006 under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 *
       
 
  10.42    
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Notification of Award and Terms and Conditions of Award for restricted stock granted in 2006 under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of our Form 8-K filed November 22, 2006 *
       
 
  10.43    
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Notification of Award and Terms and Conditions of Award for restricted stock granted after 2006 under our Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 *
       
 
  10.44    
Executive Officer Bonus Plan for 2007 is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed January 29, 2007 *
       
 
  10.45    
Retirement Agreement by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, Mercantile Bank of Michigan and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 8-K filed May 25, 2007 *
       
 
  10.46    
Additional Release of Claims Pursuant to Retirement Agreement Dated May 24, 2007 by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, Mercantile Bank of Michigan and Gerald R. Johnson, Jr. is incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of our Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 *
       
 
  10.47    
Lease Agreement between our bank and CD Partners LLC dated October 2, 2007 for our Oakland County, Michigan office
       
 
  21    
Subsidiaries of the company
       
 
  23.1    
Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP
       
 
  23.2    
Consent of Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
       
 
  31    
Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications
       
 
  32.1    
Section 1350 Chief Executive Officer Certification
       
 
  32.2    
Section 1350 Chief Financial Officer Certification
 
*   Management contract or compensatory plan

 

 

EXHIBIT 10.8
MERCANTILE BANK OF WEST MICHIGAN
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
AMENDED OCTOBER 18, 2001
SECTION I
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Mercantile Bank of West Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for members of the Board of Directors (the “Plan”) is to enable each Director of Mercantile Bank of West Michigan (the “Company”) to defer all or a portion of his or her cash fees for future services as a member of the Board of Directors, or as a member of any committee thereof. The Plan is intended to be unfunded for tax purposes and an unfunded arrangement for Directors not acting as employees for purpose of Title I of ERISA.
SECTION II
ELIGIBILTY
Any Director of the Company who is not an employee of the Company, or a subsidiary thereof, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
SECTION III
ELECTION, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION PROCEDURES
Any Director wishing to participate in the Plan must file with the Secretary of the Company either (i) within thirty (30) days from the effective date of this Plan, or (ii) on or before December 31 of any calendar year, or (iii) within thirty (30) days after first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan, a written Notice of Election in the form attached as Exhibit A to defer payment of his/her Director’s fees which are payable in cash. The election shall be effective in the case of (i) and (iii) above on the first day of the month following the month of receipt by the Secretary of the Notice of Election and effective in the case of (ii) above on the January 1 st following receipt by the Secretary of the Company of the Notice of Election. An effective election with respect to Director’s fees that have been deferred under the terms of the Plan may not be revoked and shall remain in effect until the election is terminated by the Director or the Director is no longer eligible to participate in the Plan. An effective election may be terminated by filing a Notice of Termination in the form attached as Exhibit B prior to December 31 of a year and shall be effective for fees that will be earned during subsequent calendar years. A Director who shall have terminated an effective election may thereafter file a new election covering a subsequent calendar year, all subject to the provision in such a case that an effective election to defer must be filed by December 31 of the year preceding the year in which the deferred fees are to be earned.
SECTION IV
ESTABLISHMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF DEFERRED DIRECTORS’ FEE ACCOUNT
The amount of any Director’s fees deferred in accordance with an election shall be credited to a deferred Director’s fee account maintained by the Company and such account shall remain a part of the general funds of the Company. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to create a trust or fund of any kind or create any fiduciary relationship, and the Director shall have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company and the Plan constitutes a mere promise of the Company to make payments in the future to the Director or to his or her designated beneficiary.
As of the last day of each calendar quarter the deferred fee account of each Director who has filed an effective deferral election shall be adjusted as follows:
  1.   The account balance shall be credited as of the last day of each quarter with an amount equivalent to interest for that quarter. Such amount shall be computed by multiplying the account balance at the beginning of the quarter by a fraction, the numerator of which is a rate equal to 100% of the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal on the first day of the quarter, and the denominator of which is 4.

1


 

  2.   Next, the account shall be credited with the amount, if any, of Director’s fees deferred during that quarter. A separate record of deferred Director’s fees and applicable interest shall be maintained by the Company for each participant in the Plan. The computations of the Company with respect to the amount equivalent to interest shall be conclusive and binding.
SECTION V
PAYMENT OF DEFERRED DIRECTORS’ FEES
Deferred Directors’ fees shall be paid to a Director or, in the event of his or hear death, to his or her designated beneficiary in accordance with the Notice of Election and Beneficiary Designation forms that have been filed with the Secretary of the Company. If a Director elects to receive payment of his or her deferred fees in installments rather than in a lump sum, the payment period shall not exceed ten years following the payment commencement date. The amounts of any installment payment shall be determined by multiplying the balance of the Director’s unpaid deferred fees and applicable amounts equivalent to interest on the date of such installment by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of remaining unpaid installments. Such balance shall be appropriately reduced to reflect the installment payments made hereunder.
SECTION VI
WHEN PAYMENT OF DEFERRED DIRECTORS’ FEES COMMENCES
The payment in a lump sum or installments of amounts deferred pursuant to an election under the Plan shall commence at the time the participant ceases to be a Director, and shall be paid in accordance with the terms of such election. Installment payments shall be made either annually or quarter-annually as the Director has elected.
SECTION VII
DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY
Each Director on becoming a participant shall file with the Secretary of the Company a beneficiary designation in the form attached as Exhibit C designating one or more beneficiaries to whom amounts otherwise due the participant shall be made in the event of his or her death while serving as a Director or after leaving the Board. A beneficiary designation will be effective only if the signed beneficiary designation form is filed with the Secretary of the Company while the Director is alive, and will cancel all beneficiary designations signed and filed previously. If the primary beneficiary shall survive the Director but dies before receiving all the amounts due hereunder, the deferred amounts remaining unpaid at the time of death shall be paid in one lump sum to the legal representative of the primary beneficiary’s estate. If the primary beneficiary shall predecease the Director, amounts remaining unpaid at the time of the Director’s death shall be paid in the order specified by the Director, on the effective beneficiary designation form filed by the Director, to the contingent beneficiary(s) surviving the Director. If the contingent beneficiary(s) dies before receiving all the amounts due hereunder the unpaid amount shall be paid in one lump sum to the legal representative of such contingent beneficiary(s) estate. If the Director shall fail to designate a beneficiary(s) as provided in this Section, or if all designated beneficiaries shall predecease the Director, the amounts remaining unpaid at the time of such Director’s death shall be paid in one lump sum to the legal representative of the Director’s estate.
SECTION VIII
NON-ALIENATION OF BENEFITS
Neither the Director nor any beneficiary designated by him or her shall have any right, directly or indirectly, to alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge or encumber any amount that is or may be payable under the Plan and any such amount shall not be subject to attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Director.
SECTION IX
ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
Full power and authority to construe, interpret, and administer the Plan shall be vested in the Board of Directors of the Company. Decisions of the Board shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties.

2


 

SECTION X
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN
The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Plan at any time. Any amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect the rights of participants or beneficiaries to the amounts in the Director’s deferred fee account at the time of such amendment or termination.
SECTION XI
APPLICABLE LAW
The provisions of the Plan shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan.
SECTION XII
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
This Plan shall become operative and in effect on the date the Plan is approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

3

 

EXHIBIT 10.9
MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS (the “Plan”) is adopted this 29th day of June, 2006, by MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Grand Rapids, Michigan (the “Company”), and is effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2005.
     This Plan amends and restates the prior DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS dated October 18, 2001 (the “Prior Plan”).
     The Company intends this Amended and Restated Plan to be a material modification of the Prior Plan such that all amounts earned and vested prior to December 31, 2004 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to Directors who contribute to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company.
Article 1
Definitions
     Whenever used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:
1.1   “Beneficiary” means each designated person, or the estate of a deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Director determined pursuant to Article 6.
 
1.2   “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that a Director completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more beneficiaries.
 
1.3   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.
 
1.4   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
1.5   “Crediting Rate” means a fraction, the numerator of which is a rate equal to 100% of the Prime Rate published in the Wall Street Journal on the first day of the quarter, and the denominator of which is 4.
 
1.6   “Deferrals” means the amount of the Fees which a Director elects to defer according to this Plan.
 
1.7   “Deferral Account” means the Company’s accounting of a Director’s accumulated Deferrals plus accrued interest.
 
1.8   “Deferral Election Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that a Director completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate the amount of Deferrals.
 
1.9   “Director” means any member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or a subsidiary thereof.
 
1.10   “Distribution Election Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that a Director completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate the time and form of distributions.
 
1.11   “Fees” means the total fees payable to a Director during a Plan Year.
 
1.12   “Original Effective Date” means October 18, 2001.
 
1.13   “Participation Agreement” means the agreement that a Director completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to participate in this Plan.

1


 

1.14   “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.
 
1.15   “Plan Year” means each twelve-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on December 31 of each year.
 
1.16   “Separation from Service” means the termination of a Director’s service with the Company for reasons other than death. Whether a Separation from Service takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Director’s service and whether the Company and the Director intended for the Director to provide significant services for the Company following such termination.
 
1.17   “Specified Employee” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.
 
1.18   “Termination for Cause” means a Separation from Service for:
  (a)   Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company; or
 
  (b)   Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or
 
  (c)   Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Company.
Article 2
Deferral Election
2.1   Elections Generally. Each Director may annually file Deferral Election Form(s) with the Plan Administrator no later than the Plan Year in which services leading to such Fees will be performed.
 
2.2   Initial Election. After being notified by the Plan Administrator of becoming eligible for participation in the Plan, a Director may make an initial deferral election under this Plan by delivering to the Plan Administrator a signed Deferral Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form within thirty (30) days of becoming eligible. The Deferral Election Form shall set forth the amount of Fees to be deferred. However, if the Director was eligible to participate in any other account balance plans sponsored by the Company (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder) prior to becoming eligible to participate in this Plan, the initial election to defer Fees under this Plan shall not be effective until the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Director became eligible to participate in this Plan.
Article 3
Deferral Account
3.1   Establishing and Crediting. The Company shall establish a Deferral Account on its books for each Director and shall credit to the Deferral Account the following amounts:
  (a)   Any Deferrals hereunder; and
 
  (b)   Interest as follows:
  (i)   On the last day of each quarter and immediately prior to the distribution of any benefits, but only until commencement of benefit distributions under this Plan, interest shall be credited on the Deferral Account. Such amount shall be computed by multiplying the Deferral Account balance at the beginning of the quarter by the Crediting Rate. Prior to the commencement of any distributions hereunder, the Board, in its sole discretion, may change the rate used to calculate interest in this Section 3.1(b)(ii).; and
3.2   Accounting Device Only. The Deferral Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Plan. The Deferral Account is not a trust fund of any kind. Each Director is a general unsecured creditor of the Company for the distribution of benefits. The benefits represent the mere Company promise to distribute such benefits. The Directors’ rights are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by a Directors’ creditors.

2


 

Article 4
Distributions During Lifetime
4.1   Separation from Service Benefit. Upon a Director’s Separation from Service, the Company shall distribute to such Director the benefit described in this Section 4.1.
  4.1.1   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.1 is the Director’s Deferral Account balance at Separation from Service.
 
  4.1.2   Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Director as elected by the Director on the Distribution Election Form, commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service. If the Director elects to receive payment of the benefit in installments rather than in a lump sum, the payment period shall not exceed ten (10) years following the payment commencement date, and payments shall be made either annually or quarter-annually as elected. The amounts of any installment payment shall be determined by multiplying the balance of the Director’s unpaid Deferral Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of remaining unpaid installments. Such balance shall be appropriately reduced to reflect the installment payments made hereunder. In the absence of a valid Distribution Election Form, the benefit shall be distributed in a lump sum.
4.2   Restriction on Timing of Distribution.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if a Director is considered a Specified Employee at Separation from Service under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Separation from Service may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Separation from Service. Therefore, in the event this Section 4.2 is applicable to a Director, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Director within the first six (6) months following the Separation from Service shall be accumulated and paid to the Director in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Separation from Service. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.
 
4.3   Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any amount into a Director’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Director’s Deferral Account balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.
 
4.4   Change in Form or Timing of Distributions. For distribution of benefits under this Article 4, a Director may elect to delay the timing or change the form of distributions by submitting the appropriate Distribution Election Form to the Plan Administrator. Any such elections:
  (a)   may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;
 
  (b)   must, for benefits distributable under Section 4.1, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
 
  (c)   must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.
Article 5
Distributions at Death
5.1   Death During Active Service. If a Director dies while in active service to the Company, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 5.1. This benefit shall be distributed in lieu of the benefits under Article 4.
  5.1.1   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 5.1 is the Director’s Deferral Account balance determined as of the date of the Director’s death.

3


 

  5.1.2   Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall distribute the benefit to the Beneficiary as elected by the Director on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Director’s death certificate. If the Director elects to have the benefit paid to the Beneficiary in installments rather in a lump sum, the payment period shall not exceed ten (10) years following the payment commencement date, and payments shall be made either annually or quarter-annually as elected. The amounts of any installment payment shall be determined as set forth at Section 4.1.2. In the absence of a valid Distribution Election Form, the benefit shall be distributed in a lump sum.
5.2   Death During Distribution of a Benefit. If a Director dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Plan but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts that would have been distributed to the Director had the Director survived. If the Beneficiary predeceases the Director, amounts remaining unpaid at the time of the Director’s death shall be paid in the order specified by the Director to the contingent Beneficiary surviving the Director. If the Director fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in this Article, or if each Beneficiary predeceases the Director, the amounts remaining unpaid at the time of such Director’s death shall be paid in one lump sum to the legal representative of the Director’s estate.
 
5.3   Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence. If a Director is entitled to benefit distributions under this Plan, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall distribute to the Beneficiary the same benefits that the Director was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Director’s death certificate.
Article 6
Beneficiaries
6.1   Beneficiary. Each Director shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefits distributable under the Plan to a Beneficiary upon the death of the Director. The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
 
6.2   Beneficiary Designation; Change. Each Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. A Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Director names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Directors shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Director and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Director’s death.
 
6.3   Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
 
6.4   No Beneficiary Designation. If a Director dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be paid to the personal representative of the Director’s estate.
 
6.5   Facility of Distribution. If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Director and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such distribution amount.

4


 

Article 7
General Limitations
7.1   Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute to any Director any benefit under this Plan in excess of the Deferrals (i.e., Deferral Account minus interest credited thereon) if the Director’s service with the Company is terminated due to a Termination for Cause.
 
7.2   Suicide or Misstatement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute to any Director any benefit under this Plan in excess of the Deferrals if the Director commits suicide within two years after the Original Effective Date of this Plan, or if an insurance company which issued a life insurance policy covering the Director and owned by the Company denies coverage (i) for material misstatements of fact made by the Director on an application for such life insurance, or (ii) for any other reason.
 
7.3   Removal. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute to any Director any benefit under this Plan in excess of the Deferrals (i.e., Deferral Account minus interest credited thereon) if the Director is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
Article 8
Administration of Plan
8.1   Plan Administrator Duties. This Plan shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall administer this Plan according to its express terms and shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan to the extent the exercise of such discretion and authority does not conflict with Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.
 
8.2   Agents. In the administration of this Plan, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.
 
8.3   Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
 
8.4   Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
 
8.5   Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the compensations of its Directors, the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death or Separation from Service of its Directors, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
 
8.6   Statement of Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall provide to each Director, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the Director’s Deferral Account balance.

5


 

Article 9
Claims and Review Procedures
9.1   Claims Procedure. A Director or Beneficiary (“Claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
  9.1.1   Initiation – Written Claim. The Claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within sixty (60) days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.
 
  9.1.2   Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such Claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.
 
  9.1.3   Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:
  (a)   The specific reasons for the denial,
 
  (b)   A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based,
 
  (c)   A description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed, and
 
  (d)   An explanation of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures.
9.2   Review Procedure. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:
  9.2.1   Initiation – Written Request. To initiate the review, the Claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.
 
  9.2.2   Additional Submissions – Information Access. The Claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the Claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.
 
  9.2.3   Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the Claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
  9.2.4   Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such Claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the Claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.
 
  9.2.5   Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the Claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant. The notification shall set forth:
  (a)   The specific reasons for the denial,
 
  (b)   A reference to the specific provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based, and
 
  (c)   A statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits.

6


 

Article 10
Amendments and Termination
10.1   Amendments. The Company may unilaterally amend this Plan at any time.
 
10.2   Plan Termination Generally. The Company may unilaterally terminate this Plan at any time. Except as provided in Section 10.3, the termination of this Plan shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Plan. Rather, upon such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 4 or Article 5.
 
10.3   Plan Terminations Under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.2, if this Plan is terminated in the following circumstances:
  (a)   Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Plan and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Plan are terminated so the Director and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;
 
  (b)   Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in the Director’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
 
  (c)   Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other account balance plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Company does not adopt any new account balance plans for a minimum of five (5) years following the date of such termination;
    the Company may distribute the Deferral Account balance, determined as of the date of the termination of the Plan, to the Director in a lump sum subject to the above terms.
Article 11
Miscellaneous
11.1   Binding Effect. This Plan shall bind the Directors and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.
 
11.2   No Guarantee of Service. This Plan is not a contract for service. It does not give any Director the right to remain as a director of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge a Director. It also does not require a Director to remain a director nor interfere with a Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
 
11.3   Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Plan cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.
 
11.4   Tax Withholding and Reporting. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, including but not limited to taxes owed under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Plan. Director acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies). Further, the Company shall satisfy all applicable reporting requirements, including those under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.
 
11.5   Applicable Law. The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

7


 

11.6   Unfunded Arrangement. Each Director and each Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Plan. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to distribute such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on any Director’s life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and the Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
 
11.7   Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Plan. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Plan shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor bank.
 
11.8   Entire Agreement. This Plan constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Directors as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to any Director by virtue of this Plan other than those specifically set forth herein.
 
11.9   Interpretation. Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Plan requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural
 
11.10   Alternative Action. In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Plan, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Plan and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.
 
11.11   Headings. Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
 
11.12   Validity. In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.
 
11.13   Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Plan Administrator under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
    Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark or the receipt for registration or certification.
 
    Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Director under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Director.
 
11.14   Compliance with Section 409A. This Plan shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Original Effective Date of this Plan.
 
11.15   Rescission. Any modification to the terms of this Plan that would inadvertently result in an additional tax liability on the part of any Director, shall have no effect provided the change in the terms of the plan is rescinded by the earlier of a date before the right is exercised (if the change grants a discretionary right) and the last day of the calendar year during which such change occurred.
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan as of                      ___, 20___.

8


 

         
MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN    
 
       
By:
       
Title:
 
 
   
 
 
 
   

9


 

PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
          THIS PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of                      ___, 20___ between Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Grand Rapids, Michigan (the “Company”), and                                           (the “Director”).
Recitals
A.   The Company has adopted, effective as of October 18, 2001, the Mercantile Bank of Michigan Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Plan”), and the Director has been selected to participate in the Plan.
 
B.   The Director desires to participate in the Plan.
Agreement
     NOW THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed that:
1.   Definitions. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as under the Plan’s master plan document (the “Plan Document”).
 
2.   Integrated Agreement; Parties Bound. The Plan Document, a copy of which has been made available to the Director, is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement as though set forth in full in this Agreement. The parties to this Agreement agree to and shall be bound by, and have the benefit of, each and every provision of the Plan as set forth in the Plan Document. This Agreement and the Plan Document, collectively, shall be considered one complete contract between the parties.
 
3.   Acknowledgment. The Director hereby acknowledges that he or she has read and understands this Agreement and the Plan Document.
 
4.   Conditions to Participation. As a condition to participation in the Plan, the Director must complete, sign, date and return to the Plan Administrator an original copy of this Agreement, the Deferral Election Form as required by the Plan Administrator, and a Beneficiary Designation Form.
 
5.   Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Director.
 
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director has signed and the Company has accepted this Participation
Agreement as of the date first written above.
                 
DIRECTOR:
               
 
               
 
Date
         
 
Signature of Director
   
 
               
 
         
 
Type or Print Name
   
 
               
AGREED AND ACCEPTED BY THE COMPANY:            
 
               
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR:
               
 
               
 
Date
         
 
Signature of Plan Administrator
   
 
               
 
         
 
Type or Print Name
   

10


 

Fees Election
                   
           
  Amount of Deferral       Duration  
           
  [Initial and Complete One]     [Initial and Complete One]  
 
 
               
 
___
  I elect to defer [option: ___% or $___] of my Fees
(amount not to exceed [option: ___% or $___]).
    ___   For ___year(s)  
 
 
               
 
 
  I elect not to defer any of my Fees.     ___   For all future Plan Years  
 
 
               
           
             
Printed Name:
           
         
 
           
Signature:
           
         
 
           
Date:
           
 
 
 
       
Received by the Plan Administrator this                      day of                                           , 2                      
         
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   

11


 

Initial Election
Form and Timing of Distributions
         
Benefit       Distribution of Benefit
 
  Lump Sum
(Initial)
  Equal installments for the number of quarters or years shown, not to exceed 40 quarters or 10 years (Initial and indicate number of quarters or years)
§ 4.1.2—Separation from Service Benefit
       
Article 5—Death Benefit
       
         
Printed Name:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Signature:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
Received by the Plan Administrator this                      day of                       , 2                     
         
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   

12


 

CHANGE IN ELECTION
Form and Timing of Distributions
         
Benefit       Distribution of Benefit
 
  Lump Sum
(Initial)
  Equal installments for the number of quarters or years shown, not to exceed 40 quarters or 10 years (Initial and indicate number of quarters or years)
§ 4.1.2—Separation from Service Benefit
       
Article 5—Death Benefit
       
         
Printed Name:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Signature:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Date:
       
 
 
 
   
Received by the Plan Administrator this                       day of                                             , 2                      
         
By:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
Title:
       
 
 
 
   
After 2006, any change in the form or timing of distributions is subject to the following requirements:
  (i)   The change will not take effect until 12 months following the date it is received by the Plan Administrator;
 
  (ii)   Distributions (except distributions on death, disability and emergency) must be delayed at least 5 years from the date the distributions otherwise would have been made; and
 
  (iii)   Any election related to distribution at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule must be made 12 months prior to the date the distribution is scheduled to be paid.

13


 

BENEFICARY DESIGNATION FORM
     
{ }
  New Designation
{ }
  Change in Designation
I,                                           , designate the following as Beneficiary under the Plan:
     
Primary:
                       %
 
   
 
   
 
                       %
 
   
Contingent:
                       %
 
   
 
   
 
                       %
 
   
Notes:
    Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
 
    To name a trust as Beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
 
    To name your estate as Beneficiary, please write “Estate of _[your name]_”.
 
    Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Plan Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Plan Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
                     
Name:
                   
 
                   
 
                   
Signature:
          Date:        
 
 
 
         
 
   
Received by the Plan Administrator this                       day of                                             , 2            
         
By:
       
 
 
 
   
Title:
       
 
 
 
   

14

 

EXHIBIT 10.10
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
DATED JUNE 29, 2006
          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is adopted this 10th day of October, 2007, by MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Grand Rapids, Michigan (the “Company”), and is effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2005.
          The Company executed the Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Members of the Board of Directors on June 29, 2006 effective as of January 1, 2005 (the “Agreement”).
          The undersigned hereby amends the Agreement to reflect the final 409A Treasury Regulations. Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
          Section 1.17 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
1.17   “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Separation from Service is a key employee of the Company, if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
 
    Section 10.3 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
 
10.3   Plan Terminations Under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.2, if this Agreement terminates in the following circumstances:
  (a)   Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Director and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of such terminations;
 
  (b)   Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Director’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

1


 

  (c)   Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Director participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Company does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;
    the Company may distribute the Deferral Account balance, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Director in a lump sum subject to the above terms.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company hereby consents to this First Amendment.
MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
By:
Title:

2

 

EXHIBIT 10.14
EXTENSION AGREEMENT
DATA PROCESSING CONTRACT
Between Mercantile Bank of Michigan and Fiserv Solutions, Inc
Under the Terms of the Agreements
Dated December 10, 1997 and
November 21, 2002
WHEREAS it is in the best interest of Mercantile Bank of Michigan (Client) and Fiserv Solutions, Inc. (Fiserv) to extend the relationship represented by the above captioned contract and extension
     and
WHEREAS such extension shall provide for terms and conditions in addition to those in the current contract.
The parties to the agreement hereby agree to the following additional terms and conditions. These are understood to be additional terms except in the instances where they conflict with the original contract in which case the terms of this Extension Agreement will take precedence. All non-conflicting terms and conditions of the original contract will continue to apply during the extension term.
TERM
The term of the agreement is extended four (4) years from July 1, 2007 and shall expire June 30, 2011.
Pricing conditions of this agreement shall commence January 1, 2007.
COST OF LIVING INCREASES
The prices contained in this Agreement are subject to an annual cost of living adjustment on each anniversary date of this Agreement and are based on the Revised National Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (1967-100) published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor (or if not published, the index specified by such Bureau or its successor or being most comparable) (the “CPI” Index), not to exceed 2% per annum.
Fiserv waives the Cost of Living Increase scheduled for January 1, 2007. The annual increases shall begin January 1, 2008.
PRICING
Fiserv will discount monthly processing and installation of new products and services twenty-two percent (22%). The discount will be applied to all “above the line” products or services and is not applicable to third party or pass-through fees such as network or shipping fees. “Above the line” products and services are those that are listed on the invoice under the section titled “Base Processing.”
The discount shall be effective beginning with the processing month of January 1, 2007.
The “Base Processing Fee” for all open and closed deposit and loan accounts will be $0.64 prior to the application of the applicable above discount.

1


 

ADDITIONAL MODULES
The following modules that were previously agreed to by individual amendments are included under this Agreement. The fees listed were those that were originally agreed to and have been and continue to be subject to Cost of Living Increases. All monthly fees unless noted are for each open and closed deposit and loan account on the system and minimums listed are for each month of processing
     
On-line Loan Collections Module (OLC)
   $0.015/$200 minimum
Check Reconciliation System (CRS)
   $0.01
Delinquent Child Support Module (DCS) with Tier Tech
   $0.025
OFAC Processing Module (ORM)
   $275 per month flat fee
Centralized Prime (monthly extracts)
   $0.03/$400 minimum
Fiserv EFT Auto-Maintenance
   $250 per month flat fee
Fiserv EFT Waive Surcharge
   $0.005/$200 minimum
Carreker Deposit and On Us Fraud Protection
   $0.035/$780 minimum
Safe Deposit Module
   $0.015/$150 minimum
Electronic Cash Letter for Business Resumption
   $250.00 per run (determined by Client-per item fees per original Agreement)
Fiserv EFT Auto-Reconciliation
   $0.01/$300 minimum
Enterprise Leased Premier Platform License
   $0.05/$1145 minimum
Centralized Premier Platform Processing
   $0.015/$200
Special Memo-post Daily Processing
   $0.05 per item memo-posted/$250 minimum
S1 Online Internet Banking Interface
   $0.03/$475 minimum
Premier Messenger
   $0.015
Carreker Kiting Module
   $0.028
Custom Wire Transfer Interface for Fundtech’s PAYPlus
   $0.015/$350 minimum
Transaction Management System
   $0.02
Health Savings Accounts (HSAs)
   $0.01/$300 minimum
Daily Creation of BAI Formatted File and Name and Address
   
File for S1 Internet Banking Online Interface
   $450.00 per month flat fee
MOVEit EZ (annual maintenance of $150.00)
   20 percent
Check Image Processing (CIP) for DCM Item Processing
   $0.02/$300 minimum
(Client may discontinue this service at any time)
   
CLIENT NAME CHANGE
As of August 1, 2005, the “Client” under the Agreements shall be Mercantile Bank of Michigan. This name change shall not result in any change to Client’s existing of future obligations under the Agreements.
ACQUISITION CONVERSION COSTS
During the term of the agreements listed above and this agreement, Fiserv will accept a contract extension of one year per acquisition in lieu of charges for the data conversion and database merger. Extraordinary circumstances (acquisition size greater than 75% of existing institution, account renumbering, etc.) may create additional mutually agreeable charges to be incurred by Client. All charges for training conducted by Fiserv or ITI personnel will be charged at the then current rates. All travel and out-of-pocket expenditures for Fiserv or ITI personnel will be charged at the then current rates. The monthly costs for the acquired accounts will be charged as specified in the original contract, Exhibit A-2 and this contract extension agreement.
SHOWCASE INCENTIVE
After client installs Premier eCom and Premier eCorp, Fiserv agrees to provide a processing credit as an incentive for showcase visitations to qualified prospects which result in a new Fiserv Brookfield ITI client. A showcase visitation is a visitation by a prospective client of Fiserv that is supported at Client’s site during the decision process. For each showcase visitation that results in a Fiserv Brookfield client for ITI services Fiserv will provide a credit of $2,500.

2


 

CONFIDENTIALITY
Fiserv and Client agree to keep confidential without disclosure to third parties, the prices, terms, and conditions of this Agreement.
In witness whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Extension Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date indicated below.
                 
Mercantile Bank of Michigan           Fiserv Solutions, Inc.
 
               
By:
  /s/ John Schulte       By:   /s/ James T. Cross
 
               
Name:
  John Schulte           Name: James T. Cross
 
               
Title:
  SVP – Chief Information Officer       Title:   President, ITI Outsourcing
 
              Central Region
 
               
Dated:
  December 17, 2006           Dated: December 20, 2006

3

 

EXHIBIT 10.34
MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
AMENDED AND RESTATED
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT is made this 18th day of November, 2006, by and between MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN (the “Company”), a state-chartered commercial bank located in Grand Rapids, Michigan and (the “Executive”), and is effective on January 1, 2005 (the “Agreement”).
     This Agreement amends and restates the prior Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement between the Company and the Executive dated March 1, 2002.
     The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”).
Article 1
Definitions
     Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:
1.19   “Anniversary Date” means December 31 of each year.
 
1.20   “Base Salary” shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year, excluding distributions from nonqualified deferred compensation plans, bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, and other fees, and automobile and other allowances paid to an Executive for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Executive’s gross income). Base Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Executive pursuant to all qualified or non-qualified plans of the Company and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Executive’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by the Company; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Executive.
 
1.21   “Beneficiary” means each designated person, or the estate of a deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 6.
 
1.22   “Beneficiary Designation Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more beneficiaries.
 
1.23   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company as from time to time constituted.
 
1.24   “Bonus” means the cash bonus, if any, awarded to the Executive for services performed during the Plan Year and that does not qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.
 
1.25   “Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, as such change is defined in Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder.
 
1.26   “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
1.27   “Compensation” means the total Base Salary, Bonus and Performance-Based Compensation that would be paid to an Executive during a Plan Year, absent deferrals, less FICA taxes associated with such Base Salary, Bonus and Performance-Based Compensation.

1


 

1.28   “Crediting Rate” means the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate adjusted quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, compounded monthly.
 
1.29   “Deferral Account” means the Company’s accounting of the Executive’s accumulated Deferrals, plus accrued interest.
 
1.30   “Deferrals” means the amount of the Compensation which the Executive elects to defer according to this Agreement.
 
1.31   “Deferral Election Forms” means the forms established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate the amounts of the Deferrals.
 
1.32   “Disability” means the Executive (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering executives of the Company. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering executives of the Company. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.
 
1.33   “Distribution Election Form” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate the time and form of distribution.
 
1.34   “Early Termination” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control.
 
1.35   “Effective Date” means March 1, 2002.
 
1.36   “Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining age sixty-two (62).
 
1.37   “Normal Retirement Date” means the later of Normal Retirement Age or Separation from Service.
 
1.38   “Performance-Based Compensation” means the cash bonus, if any, awarded to the Executive that qualifies as “performance-based compensation” under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
 
1.39   “Plan Administrator” means the plan administrator described in Article 8.
 
1.40   “Plan Year” means the calendar year.
 
1.41   “Separation from Service” means the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for reasons other than death or Disability. Whether a Separation from Service takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executive’s employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A termination of employment will not be considered a Separation from Service if:

2


 

  (a)   the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or
 
  (b)   the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).
1.42   “Specified Employee” means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.
 
1.43   “Termination for Cause” has that meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
 
1.44   “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship to the Executive resulting from an illness or accident of the Executive, the Executive’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Executive, loss of the Executive’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Executive.
Article 2
Deferral Election
2.1   Elections Generally. The Participant may file annually Base Salary, Bonus and Performance-Based Compensation Deferral Election Forms with the Plan Administrator no later than:
  (a)   For Base Salary and Bonus, the end of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which services leading to such Base Salary and Bonus will be performed; and
 
  (b)   For any payment that is determined to be Performance-Based Compensation, no later than six months before the end of the service period for such Performance-Based Compensation.
2.2   Initial Election. After being notified by the Plan Administrator of becoming eligible for participation in the Agreement, the Executive may make an initial deferral election under this Agreement by delivering to the Plan Administrator a signed Deferral Election Form(s) and Beneficiary Designation Form within thirty (30) days of becoming eligible. The Deferral Election Form(s) shall set forth the amount of Base Salary, Bonus and Performance-Based Compensation to be deferred. However, if the Executive was eligible to participate in any other account balance plans sponsored by the Company (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder) prior to becoming eligible to participate in this Agreement, (i) the initial election to defer Base Salary and Bonus under this Agreement shall not be effective until the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Executive became eligible to participate in this Agreement, and (ii) any election to defer a Bonus that is determined to be Performance-Based Compensation shall be effective immediately if made more than six (6) months prior to the end of the period to which the Performance-Based Compensation relates, otherwise it too shall be effective beginning the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Executive became eligible to participate in this Agreement.

3


 

Article 3
Deferral Account
3.1   Establishing and Crediting. The Company shall establish a Deferral Account on its books for the Executive and shall credit to the Deferral Account the following amounts:
  3.1.1   Deferrals. The Compensation deferred by the Executive as of the time the Compensation would have otherwise been paid to the Executive.
 
  3.1.2   Interest.
  (a)   On the last day of each month and immediately prior to the distribution of any benefits, but only until commencement of benefit distributions under this Agreement, interest shall be credited on the Deferral Account at an annual rate equal to the Crediting Rate, compounded monthly.
 
  (b)   On the last day of each month during any applicable installment period, interest shall be credited on the unpaid Deferral Account balance at an annual rate equal to the Crediting Rate, compounded monthly. The Board in its sole discretion, may change the rate in this Section 3.1.2(b) only prior to commencement of installment distributions.
3.2   Statement of Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within one hundred twenty (120) days after each Anniversary Date, a statement setting forth the Deferral Account balance.
 
3.3   Accounting Device Only. The Deferral Account is solely a device for measuring amounts to be paid under this Agreement. The Deferral Account is not a trust fund of any kind. The Executive is a general unsecured creditor of the Company for the distribution of benefits. The benefits represent the mere Company promise to pay such benefits. The Executive’s rights are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by the Executive’s creditors.
Article 4
Distributions During Lifetime
4.1   Normal Retirement Benefit. Upon the Normal Retirement Date, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
  4.1.1   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.1 is the Deferral Account balance at the Normal Retirement Date.
 
  4.1.2   Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following the Normal Retirement Date.
4.2   Early Termination Benefit. Upon Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
  4.2.1   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.2 is the Deferral Account balance at Separation from Service.
 
  4.2.2   Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service.
4.3   Disability Benefit. If the Executive experiences a Disability which results in Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

4


 

  4.3.1   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.3 is the Deferral Account balance at Separation from Service.
 
  4.3.2   Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation from Service due to Disability
4.4   Change in Control Benefit. Upon a Change in Control followed within 12 months by Separation for Service, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
  4.4.1   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.4 is the Deferral Account balance at Separation from Service.
 
  4.4.2   Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Distribution Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Separation of Service.
4.5   Hardship Distribution. Upon the Board of Director’s determination (following petition by the Executive) that the Executive has suffered an Unforeseeable Emergency, the Company shall distribute to the Executive all or a portion of the Deferral Account balance as determined by the Company, but in no event shall the distribution be greater than is necessary to relieve the financial hardship.
 
4.6   Restriction on Timing of Distribution. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, benefit distributions that qualify as a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such separation from service.
 
4.7   Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code. Upon the inclusion of any portion of the Deferral Account balance into the Executive’s income as a result of the failure of this non-qualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Deferral Account balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.
 
4.8   Change in Form or Timing of Distributions. For distribution of benefits under Article 4, Participant may elect to delay the timing or change the form of distributions by submitting the appropriate Election Form(s) to the Plan Administrator. Any such elections:
  (a)   may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided by Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;
 
  (b)   must, for benefits payable under Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
 
  (c)   must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.
Article 5
Distributions at Death
5.1   Death During Active Service. If the Executive dies while in active service to the Company, the Company shall pay to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 5.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.
  5.1.1   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 5.1 is the Deferral Account balance at the Executive’s date of death.
 
  5.1.2   Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Beneficiary in the manner elected by the Executive on the Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of the Executive’s death certificate.

5


 

5.2   Death During Distribution of a Benefit. If the Executive dies after any benefit distributions have commenced under this Agreement but before receiving all such distributions, the Company shall pay to the Beneficiary the remaining benefits at the same time and in the same amounts as they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.
 
5.3   Death After Separation from Service But Before Benefit Distributions Commence. If the Executive is entitled to benefit distributions under this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit distributions, the Company shall pay to the Beneficiary the same benefits to which the Executive was entitled prior to death except that the benefit distributions shall commence within thirty (30) days following the Executive’s death.
Article 6
Beneficiaries
6.1   Beneficiary. Each Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under the Agreement to a Beneficiary upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.
 
6.2   Beneficiary Designation; Change. The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executive’s death.
 
6.3   Acknowledgment. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
 
6.4   No Beneficiary Designation. If the Executive dies without a valid Beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executive’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate.
 
6.5   Facility of Distribution. If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Plan Administrator may direct distribution of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any distribution of a benefit shall be a distribution for the account of the Executive and the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such distribution amount.
Article 7
General Limitations
7.1   Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement that is in excess of the Deferrals (i.e., Deferral Account minus interest credited thereon) if Executive’s service is terminated by the Board for:

6


 

  (a)   Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company; or
 
  (b)   Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s service to the Company; or
 
  (c)   Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company;
 
  (d)   Issuance of a final removal or prohibition order issued by a state or federal banking agency with jurisdiction over the Company;
 
  (e)   Suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement; or
 
  (f)   Material misstatement of fact on an employment application or resume provided to the Company.
7.2   No Withdrawal Election. Except as expressly provided herein, the Executive may not elect, at any time, to withdraw any portion of the Deferral Account balance.
Article 8
Administration of Agreement
8.1   Plan Administrator Duties. This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
 
8.2   Agents. In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.
 
8.3   Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement.
 
8.4   Indemnity of Plan Administrator. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
 
8.5   Company Information. To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the Compensations of its Executives, the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death or Separation from Service of its Executives, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
Article 9
Claims and Review Procedures
9.1   Claims Procedure. The Executive or Beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
  9.1.1   Initiation — Written Claim. The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

7


 

  9.1.2   Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.
 
  9.1.3   Notice of Decision. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:
  (e)   The specific reasons for the denial,
 
  (f)   A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
 
  (g)   A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,
 
  (h)   An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and
 
  (i)   A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
9.2   Review Procedure. If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:
  9.2.1   Initiation — Written Request. To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.
 
  9.2.2   Additional Submissions — Information Access. The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.
 
  9.2.3   Considerations on Review. In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
 
  9.2.4   Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.
 
  9.2.5   Notice of Decision. The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:
  (d)   The specific reasons for the denial,
 
  (e)   A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based,
 
  (f)   A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and
 
  (g)   A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

8


 

Article 10
Amendments and Termination
10.1   Amendment. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. Provided, however, that the Company may amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its banking regulators.
 
10.2   Termination. This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. Upon such termination, the Deferral Account balance shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the earlier of:
  (a)   Separation from Service;
 
  (b)   Death; or
 
  (c)   Such time as permitted by Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
Article 11
Miscellaneous
11.1   Binding Effect. This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees.
 
11.2   No Guarantee of Employment. This Agreement is not a contract for employment. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an executive of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an executive nor interfere with the Executive’s right to separate from service at any time.
 
11.3   Non-Transferability. Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.
 
11.4   Tax Withholding. The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld, under Section 409A of the Code and regulations thereunder, from the benefits provided under this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that the Company’s sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies).
 
11.5   Applicable Law. The Agreement, and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
 
11.6   Unfunded Arrangement. The Executive and the Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the distribution of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executive’s life or other informal funding asset is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and the Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
 
11.7   Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another Company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another bank, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing bank, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor bank.
 
11.8   Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of (i) this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.
 
11.9   Interpretation. Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural

9


 

11.10   Alternative Action. In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company, provided that such alternative acts do not violate Section 409A of the Code.
 
11.11   Headings. Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
 
11.12   Validity. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.
 
11.13   Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:
         
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark or the receipt for registration or certification.
Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and the Company have signed this Agreement as of                      , 2006.
                 
Executive:           Company:
 
               
            MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
 
               
 
          By:    
             
 
               
 
               
Title:
               
 
 
 
           

10


 

Base Salary Election for Plan Year                     

Amount of Deferral
 
   [initial and complete one]
     
            
  I elect to defer [option:            % or $            ] of my Base Salary (amount not to exceed [option:       % or $                 ] ).
 
   
 
  I elect not to defer any of my Base Salary.
 
   
             
Printed Name:
           
         
 
           
Signature:
           
         
 
           
Date:
           
 
           
Received by the Plan Administrator this                 day of                                , 200       .
         
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       

11


 

Bonus Election for Plan Year                     

Amount of Deferral
 
   [initial and complete one]
     
            
  I elect to defer [option:            % or $            ] of my Bonus (amount not to exceed [option:       % or $                 ] ).
 
   
 
  I elect not to defer any of my Bonus.
 
   
             
Printed Name:
           
         
 
           
Signature:
           
         
 
           
Date:
           
 
           
Received by the Plan Administrator this                 day of                                , 200       .
         
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       

12


 

Performance-Based Compensation Election for Plan Year                     

Amount of Deferral
 
   [initial and complete one]
     
            
  I elect to defer [option:            % or $            ] of my Performance-Based Compensation (amount not to exceed [option:       % or $                 ] ).
 
   
 
  I elect not to defer any of my Performance-Based Compensation.
 
   
             
Printed Name:
           
         
         
Signature:
           
         
 
           
Date:
           
 
           
Received by the Plan Administrator this                 day of                                , 200       .
         
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       

13


 

CHANGE IN ELECTION
Form and Timing of Distributions
         
Benefit       Distribution of Benefit
 
 
  Lump Sum (Initial)   Equal Monthly Installments for the number of months shown, not to exceed            months. (Initial and indicate number of months)
 
§ 4.1.2—Normal Retirement Benefit
       
§4.2.2—Early Termination Benefit
       
§ 4.3.2—Disability Benefit
       
§ 4.4.2—Change of Control Benefit
       
Article 5—Death Benefit
       
             
Printed Name:
           
         
         
Signature:
           
         
 
           
Date:
           
 
           
Received by the Plan Administrator this                 day of                                , 2           
         
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       
Any change in the form or timing of distributions is subject to the following requirements:
  (iv)   The change will not take effect until 12 months following the date it is received by the Plan Administrator;
 
  (v)   Distributions (except distributions on death, disability and emergency) must be delayed at least 5 years from the date the distributions otherwise would have been made; and
 
  (vi)   Any election related to distribution at a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule must be made 12 months prior to the date the distribution is scheduled to be paid.

14


 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION FORM
     
{   }
  New Designation
{   }
  Change in Designation
I,                                                               , designate the following as Beneficiary under the Plan:
             
Primary:
           
 
           
 
          %
 
           
 
           
 
          %
 
           
 
           
Contingent:
           
 
           
 
          %
 
           
 
           
 
          %
 
           
Notes:
    Please PRINT CLEARLY or TYPE the names of the beneficiaries.
 
    To name a trust as Beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
 
    To name your estate as Beneficiary, please write “Estate of _[your name]_”.
 
    Be aware that none of the contingent beneficiaries will receive anything unless ALL of the primary beneficiaries predecease you.
I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by delivering a new written designation to the Plan Administrator, which shall be effective only upon receipt and acknowledgment by the Plan Administrator prior to my death. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as Beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
                     
Name:
                   
 
                   
         
Signature:
          Date:        
 
                   
         
Received by the Plan Administrator this                 day of                                , 2      
         
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
       

15

 

EXHIBIT 10.35
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
MERCANTILE BANK OF MICHIGAN
EXECUTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT
DATED NOVEMBER 18, 2006
          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is adopted this 25th day of October, 2007, effective as of November 18, 2006, by and between Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Grand Rapids, Michigan (the “Company”), and (the “Executive”).
          The Company and the Executive executed the Executive Deferred Compensation Agreement effective as of November 18, 2006 (the “Agreement”).
          The undersigned hereby amend the Agreement to reflect the final 409A Treasury Regulations. Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
    Section 1.14 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
 
1.14   “Disability” means the Executive: (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees or directors of the Company. Medical determination of Disability may be made by either the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees or directors of the Company provided that the definition of “disability” applied under such disability insurance program complies with the requirements of the preceding sentence. Upon the request of the Plan Administrator, the Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or the provider’s determination.
 
    Section 1.24 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
1.24   “Specified Employee” means an employee who at the time of Separation from Service is a key employee of the Company, if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, an employee is a key employee if the employee meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) (applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on December 31 (the “identification period”). If the employee is a key employee during an identification period, the employee is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period that begins on the first day of April following the close of the identification period.
 
    Sections 4.3, 4.3.1 and 4.3.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in their entireties and replaced by the following:
4.3   Disability Benefit. If the Executive experiences a Disability, the Company shall pay the Executive the benefit described in this Section 4.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.

1


 

  4.3.1   Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 4.3 is the Deferral Account balance as of the date the Executive first experiences Disability.
 
  4.3.2   Distribution of Benefit. The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive as elected by the Executive on the Election Form commencing within thirty (30) days following Disability.
    Section 4.8 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
 
4.8   Change in Form or Timing of Distributions. For distribution of benefits under Article 4, the Participant may elect to delay the timing or change the form of distributions by submitting the appropriate Election Form(s) to the Plan Administrator. Any such elections:
  (a)   may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder;
 
  (b)   must, for benefits distributable under Sections 4.1, 4.2, and 4.4, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
 
  (c)   must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.
Article 10 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
Article 10
Amendments and Termination
10.1   Amendments. This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
10.2   Plan Termination Generally. This Agreement may be terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. Except as provided in Section 10.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 4 or Article 5.
10.3   Plan Terminations Under Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.2, if this Agreement terminates in the following circumstances:
  (a)   Within thirty (30) days before or twelve (12) months after a Change in Control, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Company’s arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the such terminations;
 
  (b)   Upon the Company’s dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or

2


 

  (c)   Upon the Company’s termination of this and all other arrangements that would be aggregated with this Agreement pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(c) if the Executive participated in such arrangements (“Similar Arrangements”), provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Company, (ii) all termination distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and (iii) the Company does not adopt any new arrangement that would be a Similar Arrangement for a minimum of three (3) years following the date the Company takes all necessary action to irrevocably terminate and liquidate the Agreement;
the Company may distribute the Deferral Account balance, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.
IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE, the Company and the Executive hereby consent to this
First Amendment.
                     
Executive:       MERCANTILE BANK OF    
            MICHIGAN    
 
                   
 
          By        
                 
 
                   
Title
                   
 
                   

3

 

EXHIBIT 10.37
DIRECTOR FEE SUMMARY
     Set forth below is a summary of the current director fee arrangements for non-employee directors serving on the Boards of Directors of Mercantile Bank Corporation (“Mercantile”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Mercantile Bank of Michigan (“Bank”).
     For 2008, non-employee directors of the Bank are paid an annual retainer of $12,000, and a fee of $700 for each meeting of the Board of Directors of the Bank that they attend. In addition, non-employee directors are paid a meeting fee of $700 for each meeting of the Audit Committee, $600 for each meeting of the Compensation Committee and the Governance and Nominating Committee, and $400 for each meeting of other committees of the Board of Directors of the Bank that they attend. Non-employee directors are also paid fees of the same amount for meetings of Mercantile’s Board of Directors and its committees, when for Board meetings there is not also a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Bank on the same day, and for committee meetings when there is not also a meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank having the same name or function on the same day. For meetings that are held by telephone or other remote communications equipment, the meeting fees are half the amount described above. Annual retainer fees are also paid to the Chairmen of three of the committees of Mercantile’s Board of Directors. The annual retainer is, for the Chairman of the Audit Committee — $6,000, for the Chairman of the Compensation Committee — $4,000, and for the Chairman of the Nominating Committee — $4,000.
     The same persons currently serve on the Boards of Directors of Mercantile and the Bank. Under the Bank’s deferred compensation plan for non-employee directors, directors may elect to defer the receipt of the annual retainer and meeting fees until they are no longer serving on the Board. Directors are eligible to receive stock-based awards under the Stock Incentive Plan of 2006.

1

 

EXHIBIT 10.41
THE MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF 2006
NOTICE OF GRANT OF
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AND
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:
         
Optionee:
                                    
 
       
Grant Date:
                  , 20          
 
       
Number of Shares:
                
 
       
Expiration Date:
                  , 20          
 
       
Exercise Price Per Share:
  $               
 
       
[Date First Exercisable:
                  , 20       ]    
 
       
[Date First Exercisable:   1.                           , 20 as to             shares
    2.                            , 20 as to             shares
    3.                            , 20 as to             shares]
     This STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT is executed and delivered in duplicate, as of the            day of                 , 20       by and between Mercantile Bank Corporation, a Michigan corporation (the “Company”), and the employee named above (the “Optionee”).
     In consideration of the mutual covenants of the parties set forth below, the parties agree as follows:
     1. Grant of Option. The Company, pursuant to the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, grants to the Optionee an Incentive Stock Option (the “Option”) to purchase the above-designated number of shares of Common Stock of the Company at the exercise price per share designated above. The number of shares and exercise price per share of the Option shall be proportionately adjusted in the event the Company changes the number of shares of its outstanding Common Stock by reason of a stock dividend or stock split issued to shareholders, and is otherwise subject to adjustment as provided in the Plan.
     2. Exercisability of Option. The Option shall become first exercisable as described above, and shall in no event be exercisable after the close of business on the above-designated Expiration Date. Further, the Committee may in its discretion, at any time accelerate the vesting of the Option on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate.
     3. Time to Exercise Option.
     (a) General. If Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than Optionee’s death, Disability, or termination for Cause, Optionee may exercise the Option in accordance with its terms for a period of three months after such termination of employment, but only to the extent Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option on the date of termination.

1


 

     (b) Death. If Optionee dies either while an Employee or after the termination of employment other than for Cause but during the time when Optionee could have exercised the Option, the Option shall be exercisable in accordance with its terms by the personal representative of Optionee or other successor to the interest of Optionee for one year after Optionee’s death, but only to the extent that Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option on the date of death or termination of employment, whichever first occurred, and not beyond the Expiration Date of the Option.
     (c) Disability. If Optionee ceases to be an Employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries due to Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may exercise the Option in accordance with its terms for one year following such termination of employment, but only to the extent that Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option on the date of such event and not beyond the Expiration Date of the Option.
     (d) Termination for Cause. If Optionee’s employment is terminated for Cause, Optionee shall have no further right to exercise this Option and all of Optionee’s outstanding Options shall automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company. The Committee or officers designated by the Committee shall have absolute discretion to determine whether a termination is for Cause.
     4. Method of Exercise. Optionee, from time to time during the period when the Option may by its terms be exercised, may exercise the Option in whole, or in part in minimum installments of 100 shares, by delivering to the Company:
     (a) A written notice signed by Optionee in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A stating the number of shares that Optionee has elected to purchase at that time from the Company; and
     (b) Cash, a check, bank draft, money order or wire of funds payable to the Company in an amount equal to the purchase price of the shares then to be purchased; or
     (c) Through the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by Optionee for more than six months with a Market Value equal to the exercise price, provided, however, that shares of Common Stock acquired by Optionee through the exercise of an incentive stock option may not be used for payment prior to the expiration of holding periods prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code; or
     (d) Consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
     (e) By a combination of any one or more of (b), (c) and (d) above aggregating the purchase price of the shares then to be purchased.
The value of the shares of the Common Stock delivered to Optionee shall be the Market Value of the Common Stock as defined in Section 2.18 of the Plan. The Committee, acting pursuant to the Plan, if it shall deem it necessary or desirable for any reason connected with any law or regulation of any governmental authority relating to the regulation of securities, may require Optionee to execute and file with it such evidence as it may deem necessary that Optionee is acquiring such shares for investment and not with a view to their distribution.
     5. Non-Transferability of Option. The Option shall during the lifetime of Optionee be exercisable only by Optionee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and shall not be assignable or transferable except by Will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
     6. Change in Control. The Option is subject to the accelerated vesting, exercise and other provisions of Section 9 of the Plan relating to Change in Control.

2


 

     7. Notices. Any notice by Optionee to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt of the notice by the Company at its principal executive offices addressed to its Secretary or Chief Financial Officer. Any notice by the Company to Optionee shall be in writing or by electronic transmission and shall be deemed duly given if mailed or sent by electronic transmission to Optionee at the address specified below by Optionee, or to Optionee’s email address at the Company, or to such other address as Optionee may later designate by notice given to the Company.
     8. Acceptance of the Terms and Conditions of the Plan. The Option and this Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference and all capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meaning set forth in the Plan, unless this Agreement specifies a different meaning. By signing this Agreement, Optionee accepts the Option, acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the prospectus covering the Plan and acknowledges that the Option is subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Optionee further agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decision and interpretations by the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan.
     9. Continued Employment. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create any employment or guaranty of continued employment or limit in any way the Company’s right to terminate Optionee’s employment at any time.
     10. Early Disposition of Stock. Optionee understands that if Optionee disposes of any shares of Common Stock received under the Option within two years after the date of grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock were transferred to Optionee, Optionee may be treated for federal and state income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition as determined in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code and applicable state law. Optionee agrees to notify the Company in writing within thirty days after the date of any such disposition. Optionee authorizes the Company to withhold tax from Optionee’s current compensation with respect to any income recognized as a result of any such disposition.
     11. Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan.
     The Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and Optionee has executed this Agreement, as of the Grant Date.
             
    MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
  Its:        
 
           
 
           
 
  OPTIONEE        
 
           
              Optionee acknowledges having received, read and understood the Plan and this Agreement, and agrees to all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
 
           
    (Signature)
   
 
           
         
 
      (Please print your name)    
 
           
         
 
           
         
    (Please print your residence address)
   

3


 

EXHIBIT A
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION
     The undersigned hereby gives notice to Mercantile Bank Corporation (the “Company”) of the desire to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement dated                 , 20       .
1.   Exercise of Option.
 
    Name:                                                              
 
    Date:                                                              
 
    Shares to be Exercised:                               
 
    Per-Share Exercise Price: $           
 
    Aggregate Exercise Price: $            (for all shares being purchased)
2.   Delivery of Payment. Indicate below how the full option exercise price for the shares is to be paid:
          Cash in the form of check, bank draft, money order, or wire of funds payable to “Mercantile Bank Corporation”
 
          By surrender to the Company of shares of Common Stock owned and held for more than six months with a value of $            represented by certificate number(s):
 
                                                   
 
          Pursuant to a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company
 
          A combination of the above (please provide details, for example, describe the number of shares to be purchased with cash and the number of shares to be purchased with previously owned shares of Common Stock):
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
                                                                   
 
     
Signature
           
 
           
Dated:
           
         
 
           
Address:        
 
           
 
           
 
           

4

 

EXHIBIT 10.43
MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN OF 2006
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT
NOTIFICATION OF AWARD AND TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARD
Name of Grantee:
Grant Date:
Number of Shares:
Restricted Period(s)   See Paragraph 5    
     This Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) contains the terms and conditions of the restricted stock award granted to you by Mercantile Bank Corporation, a Michigan corporation (the “Company”), under the Mercantile Bank Corporation Stock Incentive Plan of 2006, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”).
     1. Grant of Restricted Stock. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has granted to you, effective on the Grant Date (shown above), the right to receive the number of shares shown above of the Common Stock of the Company (“Shares”) at the end of the applicable Restricted Period (as provided for in Paragraph 5 below). The Shares, or any installment of the Shares respectively, while subject to risk of forfeiture or any restrictions imposed by the Plan or this Agreement, are referred to in this Agreement as “Restricted Stock.”
     2. Stock Incentive Plan Governs. The award and this Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. The Plan is incorporated into this Agreement by reference and all capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meaning set forth in the Plan, unless this Agreement specifies a different meaning. By signing this Agreement, you accept this award, acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and the prospectus covering the Plan and acknowledge that the award is subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. You further agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations by the Committee of the Plan and this Agreement.
     3. Payment. The Restricted Stock is granted without requirement of payment.
     4. Shareholder Rights. Your Restricted Stock shall be held for you by the Company, in book entry or certificated form, in your name, during the applicable Restricted Period. You shall have all the rights of a shareholder for your Restricted Stock after the applicable Restricted Period. With respect to your Restricted Stock during the applicable Restricted Period,
     A. You will have the right to vote such shares at any meeting of shareholders of the Company;
     B. You will have, and the right to receive, free of restrictions (but subject to applicable withholding taxes) all cash dividends and any liquidation amounts paid with respect to such shares; and
     C. Any non-cash dividends and other non-cash proceeds of such shares, including stock dividends and any other securities issued or distributed in respect of such shares, other than liquidation payments, will be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the shares of Restricted Stock to which they relate, and the term “Restricted Stock” when used in this Agreement shall also include any related stock dividends and other securities issued or distributed in respect of such shares, other than liquidation payments.

1


 

     5. Vesting of Restricted Stock.
     A. Vesting. The Restricted Period for the Restricted Stock, or applicable installment of the Restricted Stock, will end, the risk of forfeiture and restrictions will lapse, and the Restricted Stock will vest as follows, provided you have not incurred a Forfeiture Event (as defined below):
         
Percentage of
Shares Vesting
  Cumulative
Percentage Vested
  Vesting Date (when
Restricted Period Ends)
         
         
         
         
All or part of your Restricted Stock may vest earlier than described above in this Paragraph 5A under the circumstances provided for in Paragraphs 5C or 5D below.
     B. Forfeiture Event. Subject to Paragraphs 5C, 5D, 5E and 5F. below, the shares of your Restricted Stock that would otherwise vest on a Vesting Date will not vest and shall automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company, if after the Grant Date and prior to the Vesting Date for such Restricted Stock (i.e. during the applicable Restricted Period), you cease to be an Employee (a “Forfeiture Event”).
     C. Accelerated Vesting Upon Death, Disability, Retirement or Termination Other Than for Cause. If (i) you cease to be an Employee because of death, Disability or Retirement during the Restricted Period, or (ii) the Company terminates your employment as an Employee other than for Cause and you are no longer employed by the Company or any Subsidiary, then all restrictions remaining on your Restricted Stock shall terminate automatically with respect to the number of such shares (rounded to the nearest whole number) equal to the respective total number of such shares granted to you multiplied by the number of full months that have elapsed since the Grant Date divided by the total number of full months in the respective Restricted Period, calculated separately for Restricted Stock having different Restricted Periods. All remaining shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited and returned to the Company. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, waive the restrictions remaining on and forfeiture of any or all such remaining shares of Restricted Stock either before or after your death, Disability, Retirement, or termination other than for Cause. Any termination because of Disability shall be deemed a termination by you.
     D. Accelerated Vesting at the Committee’s Discretion. The Committee may, in its discretion, at any time accelerate the vesting of your Restricted Stock on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate.
     E. Change in Control. If a Change in Control of the Company occurs, all of your Restricted Stock that is outstanding and has not previously been forfeited, shall become immediately fully vested and nonforfeitable as provided in Section 9 of the Plan.
     F. Mandatory Deferral of Vesting. If the vesting of Restricted Stock in any year could, in the Committee’s opinion, when considered with your other compensation, result in the Company’s inability to deduct the value of your Shares because of the limitation on deductible compensation under Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), then the Committee, in its sole discretion, may defer the Vesting Date applicable to your Restricted Stock (but only to the extent that, in the Committee’s judgment, the value of your Restricted Stock would not be deductible) until the first business day of January in the year immediately following the date on which you cease to be an Employee. This Paragraph 5F shall not apply to the vesting of your Restricted Stock upon a Change in Control.

2


 

     6. Forfeiture of Restricted Stock. If any of your Restricted Stock is forfeited as provided for in Paragraph 5, such forfeiture shall be immediate, and forfeited Restricted Stock (including any cash dividends or liquidation payments for which the record date occurs on or after the date of the forfeiture, and any noncash dividends or noncash distributions with respect to Restricted Stock that is forfeited), and all of your rights to and interest in the forfeited Restricted Stock shall terminate without payment of consideration. Forfeited Restricted Stock shall be reconveyed to the Company, and you agree to promptly take such action and sign such documents as the Company may request to facilitate such reconveyance to the Company.
     7. Restricted Stock Not Transferable. Unless the Committee otherwise consents or permits, neither the Restricted Stock, nor any interest in the Restricted Stock, may be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated during the Restricted Period except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and all of your rights with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be exercisable during your lifetime only by you, or your guardian or legal representative. Any attempted action in violation of this paragraph shall be null, void, and without effect.
     8. Taxes and Tax Withholding
     A. The vesting of your Restricted Stock, or making an Internal Revenue Code Section 83(b) election with respect to this award of Restricted Stock, will cause you to have income with respect to the Restricted Stock, and will subject you to income tax on that income.
     B. You agree to consult with any tax consultants you think advisable in connection with your Restricted Stock and acknowledge that you are not relying, and will not rely, on the Company for any tax advice.
     C. Whenever any Restricted Stock becomes vested under the terms of this Agreement, or an Internal Revenue Code Section 83(b) election is made with respect to this award of Restricted Stock, you must remit, on or prior to the due date thereof, the minimum amount necessary to satisfy all of the federal, state and local withholding (including FICA) tax requirements imposed on the Company (or the Subsidiary that employs you) relating to your Shares. This withholding tax obligation may be satisfied by any (or a combination) of the following means: (i) cash, check, or wire transfer; (ii) authorizing the Company (or Subsidiary that employs you) to withhold from other cash compensation payable to you by the Company or a Subsidiary; or (iii) unless the Committee determines otherwise, authorizing the Company to withhold Shares otherwise deliverable to you as a result of the vesting of the Restricted Stock, or delivering other unencumbered shares of the Common Stock of the Company which have been held for at least six months, equal to the amount of the withholding obligation.
     D. You may within the thirty day period after the Grant Date, in your sole discretion, make an election with the Internal Revenue Service under, and to the extent permitted by, Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. If you make this election, you will promptly give the Company notice that you have made the election, and provide the Company a copy of the election with the notice.
     9. Value of Shares Not Included In Other Computations. The value of the Shares under this Agreement will not be taken into account in computing the amount of your salary or other compensation for purposes of determining any incentive compensation, pension, retirement, death or other benefit under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, except to the extent, if any, that such plan or another agreement between you, and Company or a Subsidiary, specifically provides otherwise.
     10. Legending Restricted Stock. The Company may, without liability for its good faith actions, place legend restrictions upon the Restricted Stock or unrestricted Shares obtained upon vesting of the Restricted Stock and issue “stop transfer” instructions requiring compliance with applicable securities laws and the terms of the Restricted Stock.
     In addition to any other legend or notice that may be set forth on the certificate or book entry records relating to any Restricted Stock, any certificate or book entry records evidencing shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant to this Agreement may bear a legend or notice substantially as follows:

3


 

The shares represented by this certificate were issued subject to certain restrictions under the Mercantile Bank Corporation Stock Incentive Plan of 2006 (the “Plan”). This certificate is held subject to the terms and conditions contained in a restricted stock agreement that includes a prohibition against the sale or transfer of the stock represented by this certificate except in compliance with that agreement and that provides for forfeiture upon certain events. Copies of the Plan and the restricted stock agreement are on file in the office of the Secretary of the Company.
     11. Committee Determinations Are Conclusive. Determinations regarding this Agreement (including, but not limited to whether an event has occurred resulting in the forfeiture of or vesting of Restricted Stock) shall be made by the Committee in accordance with this Agreement and the Plan, and all determinations of the Committee shall be final and conclusive and binding on all persons.
     12. No Right of Continuing Employment. Neither this Agreement nor the Plan creates any contract of employment, and nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate your employment or service at any time, nor confer upon you the right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in this Agreement or the Plan creates any fiduciary or other duty to you owed by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any member of the Committee except as expressly stated in this Agreement or the Plan.
     13. Amendment of Plan and this Agreement. The Company reserves the right to amend the Plan and this Agreement as provided for or not prohibited by the Plan. Any amendment to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Company, and to the extent required by the Plan, signed by you.
     14. Additional Information. By signing this Agreement, you agree to provide any information relating to this Agreement or the Restricted Stock that is reasonably requested from time to time by the Company.
     15. Notices. Any notice by you to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt of the notice by the Company at its principal executive office addressed to its Secretary or Chief Financial Officer. Any notice by the Company to you shall be in writing or by electronic transmission, and shall be deemed duly given if mailed or sent by electronic transmission to you at the address specified below by you, or to your email address at the Company, or to such other address as you may later designate by notice given to the Company.
     16. Governing Law. The validity, construction and effect of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan.
     The Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Grantee has executed this Agreement, each as of the Grant Date set forth above.
                 
    MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION    
 
               
 
  By:            
 
      Its:        
 
         
 
   

4


 

     
 
  GRANTEE
 
   
 
       I acknowledge having received, read and understood the Plan and this Agreement, and agree to all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
         
 
  (Signature)    
 
       
 
 
 
(Please print your name)
   
 
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
 
 
 
(Please print your residence address)
   

5

 

EXHIBIT 10.47
LEASE
     THIS LEASE is made by and between Landlord and Tenant, who agree as follows:
1.   Basic Lease Provisions
  1.1   Landlord: CD Partners L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company
                 
 
    1.2     Landlord’s Office:   39000 Country Club Drive
Farmington Hills, Michigan 48331
  1.3   Tenant: Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a Michigan Banking Corporation
 
  1.4   Lease Date: October 2, 2007
 
  1.5   Building: A 12,006 square foot building on an approximately 1.88 acre parcel of land commonly known as 28350 Cabot Drive Novi, Michigan 48377; see Exhibit A-1
 
  1.6   Premises: All of the Building, site improvements and land; see Exhibit A-1
 
  1.7   Rentable Floor Area of Premises: 12,006 Useable / 12,006 Rentable Square Feet
                 
 
    1.8     Term:   Five (5) full Lease Years after the Commencement Date
 
              One (1) Option Term of Five (5) full Lease Years
  1.9   Scheduled Occupancy Date: Thirty (30) days after the issuance of a building permit for the Tenant Improvements by the City of Novi (see §2.5)
 
  1.10   Termination Date: Five (5) full Lease Years after the Commencement Date unless the Option Term is exercised in accordance with the terms hereof
 
  1.11   Annual Base Rent: $159,084.00 for the first Lease Year. See Exhibit A-2
 
  1.12   Monthly Installment of Base Rent: $13,257.00 for the first Lease Year. See Exhibit A-2
 
  1.13   Security Deposit: None
 
  1.14   Designated Use: Office use and retail branch bank use
 
  1.15   Rules & Regulations: Exhibit D
 
  1.16   Guarantor: None
2.   Premises
         2.1 Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Premises described in Section 1.6, which will consists of a Building described in Section 1.5 and other improvements on the land (the “Land”) shown on the Site Plan attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Land, Building and other improvements are collectively referred to as the “Premises”). Tenant agrees that the Premises shall be deemed to include the number of rentable square feet set forth in Section 1.7 and in no event shall Tenant have the right to challenge, demand, request or receive any change as a result of any claimed or actual error or omission in the square footage of the Premises. Landlord reserves the right at any time and from time to time to make alterations or additions to the Building or the Premises, and to demolish improvements on and to build additional improvements on the land surrounding the

1


 

Building, in its sole discretion without the consent of Tenant and the same shall not be construed as a breach of this Lease provided the same does not have a material adverse effect on Tenant’s use of the Premises including but not limited to, any material blocking of the view of the Premises from adjacent streets and from the parking lot.
     2.2 Landlord shall undertake certain renovations to the Building for the Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”) consistent with the approved plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof. Landlord shall provide an allowance for a portion of the Construction Costs of completion of the Tenant Improvements up to a maximum total charge of $63,030.00 (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”). Tenant shall be responsible and shall pay to Landlord all Construction Costs of completion of the Tenant Improvements in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance within thirty (30) days of an invoice therefore from Landlord. “Construction Costs” shall mean all hard costs and soft costs of construction including all labor and materials, all engineering costs, the cost (including all governmental fees) of obtaining building permits and other permits and licenses, costs due to winter conditions, developer’s/general contractor’s fee (10% of total costs) and other costs paid or incurred by Landlord to permit and build the Tenant Improvements. If Landlord determines that the Tenant Improvements cannot be constructed in the ordinary course of business on or before the Scheduled Occupancy Date, then any resulting delay shall be considered a Tenant Delay. If Landlord fails to complete construction of the Tenant Improvements within sixty (60) days after the issuance of a building permit for the Tenant Improvements by the City of Novi because of a Landlord delay, then Tenant shall have the right to complete construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications. In addition, if Landlord fails to complete all punch list items within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s timely delivery of the punch list, then Tenant shall have the right to complete construction of the punch list items. All material changes from the Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications which Landlord determines may be necessary during construction shall be submitted to Tenant for Tenant’s approval or rejection. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s approval or rejection of such changes within five (5) days of receipt thereof, Tenant shall be conclusively deemed to have approved such changes. Landlord shall construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with all applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental authority.
     2.3 Landlord shall not be required to expend any amounts in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance in order to construct the Tenant Improvements. The charges for the Tenant Improvements shall include all Construction Costs, but shall exclude any financing costs.
     2.4 Any change to the approved Tenant Improvement Plans and Specifications desired by Tenant will be subject to Landlord consent which will not be unreasonably withheld, and must be set forth in a written change order signed by Landlord and Tenant that describes in detail the change, an estimate of the additional construction time, if any, that will be required to complete the Tenant Improvements as a result of the change, and an estimate of the Construction Costs to be incurred as a result of such change order. Once submitted, the change order must be approved by Tenant in writing (including Tenant’s agreement to pay the actual excess Construction Costs) within seven (7) days or else the change order shall be deemed rejected. Also, all delivery dates which Landlord has obligated itself to satisfy shall be extended one day for each day of additional construction time that is required as a result of a Tenant initiated change order, it being agreed that Landlord shall have no obligation to do any work described in a change order on an overtime basis to avoid incurring construction delays. If Landlord elects not to amortize all or some portion of the excess Construction Costs, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within five (5) days of request for such payment (which request will come no more than monthly), such excess Construction Costs to be incurred as a result of any Tenant change order, if any.
     2.5 Landlord intends to construct the Tenant Improvements and deliver the Premises “ready for occupancy” (as defined below) to Tenant on or before the Scheduled Occupancy Date set forth in Paragraph 1.9, subject to Force Majeure and Tenant Delays (each as defined below). The Premises will be conclusively deemed “ready for occupancy” on the earlier to occur of when: (i) the work to be done under this Section has been substantially completed and after the issuance of a conditional or temporary certificate of occupancy for the Premises by the appropriate government agency within whose jurisdiction the Building is located, or (ii) when Tenant takes possession of the Premises. The Premises will not be considered unready or incomplete if only minor or insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustments remain to be done within the Premises, or if interior finish, architectural details or similar work requested by Tenant remains incomplete. In addition, if in good faith Landlord is delayed or hindered in any construction (including punch list items) by any labor dispute,

2


 

strike, lockout, fire, unavailability of material or other ordinary construction delay, severe weather, acts of God, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war or other casualty or events of a similar nature beyond its reasonable control (“Force Majeure”), the date for the delivery of the Premises to Tenant “ready for occupancy” shall be extended for the period of delay caused by the Force Majeure or Tenant Delay (as defined below). If Landlord is delayed or hindered in construction (including punch list items) as a result of change orders or other requests by, or acts or omissions of, Tenant (“Tenant Delay”), the date for the delivery of the Premises to Tenant “ready for occupancy” shall be extended by the number of days of delay caused by Tenant Delay. The date Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant “ready for occupancy” is herein referred to as the “Occupancy Date.” Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for failure to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant “ready for occupancy” on the Scheduled Occupancy Date and the validity of the Lease shall not be impaired by such failure. By occupying the Premises, Tenant will be deemed to have accepted the Premises and to have acknowledged that they are in the condition called for in this Lease, subject only to “punch list” items (as the term “punch list” is customarily used in the construction industry in the area where the Building is located) identified by Tenant by written notice delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date Landlord tenders possession of the Premises to Tenant. Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to complete all punch list items within thirty (30) days after the timely delivery of the punch list.
3.   Term
     3.1 Possession of the Premises will be delivered to Tenant on the Occupancy Date. Tenant may permit one or two of its officers to use temporary space in the Premises prior to the Occupancy Date. Landlord shall coordinate Tenant’s early access with the construction schedule and the City of Novi inspection process. Tenant’s access shall be subject to reasonable guidelines, rules and requests communicated by Landlord to Tenant from time to time, Tenant shall arrange and pay for the switching of the utilities to Tenants name and billing account, Tenant shall thereafter pay all utilities, and Tenant’s use shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of the this Lease (including the insurance and indemnity provisions), other than the obligation to pay Base Rent, Building Expenses and Real Estate Taxes. Tenant shall not interfere with or delay the construction of the Premises or the completion of Landlord’s work hereunder. Any entry by Tenant prior to the Occupancy Date shall be at its own risk, Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and complying with all necessary governmental permits and approvals in order to permit such access, and Tenant’s entry shall be subject to compliance with all applicable laws and permits. The initial term of this Lease (the “Initial Term” and together with any exercised Option Terms, the “Term”) will commence (the “Commencement Date”) on the earlier of: (i) the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises (excluding the early access permitted above); (ii) the Occupancy Date; or (iii) the date the Occupancy Date would have occurred in the absence of Tenant Delay. Unless sooner terminated or extended in accordance with the terms hereof, the Lease will terminate the number of Lease Years and Months set forth in Section 1.10 after the Commencement Date. Lease Year means that period of 12 consecutive months beginning on the Commencement Date or, if the Commencement Date falls on a day other than the first day of any month, then beginning on the first day of the calendar month immediately following the Commencement Date and each 12-calendar-month period thereafter during the Term; provided that the first Lease Year shall include any partial calendar month between the Commencement Date and such first day, and the last Lease Year shall contain such period of time as there is from the beginning of the last Lease Year to the termination or expiration of this Lease. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant will execute a memorandum in order to confirm Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Initial Term.
     3.2 Provided (i) Tenant is the Tenant originally named herein, (ii) Tenant actually occupies all of the Premises, and (iii) no event of default of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall have occurred during the Term which was not timely cured, Tenant shall have the right to renew and extend this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) Lease Years (the “Option Term”), from the expiration of the Initial Term. Tenant may exercise the Option Term, if at all, by the delivery to Landlord of a written notice of Tenant’s election to renew not later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term together with Tenant’s payment to Landlord of the cost of any capital expenditures and the interest thereon which has been deferred pursuant to Section 6.2. Upon delivery of such election the Lease shall be deemed renewed and extended for the Option Term on the same covenants, agreements, terms and conditions herein contained except that:
  (a)   Landlord shall not be obligated to perform any work in the Premises in order to prepare or continue the use of same for Tenant’s use.

3


 

  (b)   The Annual Base Rent shall be the amount set forth in Exhibit A-2.
 
  (c)   Tenant shall have no further right of renewal after the Option Term.
     3.3 Provided (i) Tenant is the Tenant originally named herein, (ii) Tenant actually occupies all of the Premises, and (iii) no event of default of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder has occurred during the Term which was not timely cured, Tenant shall have the one time right (the “Tenant Termination Right”) to terminate this Lease effective on September 30, 2010 (the “Early Termination Effective Date”) by paying an early termination fee (the “Early Termination Fee”) equal to the sum of (A) the unamortized portion of the actual Construction Costs of any improvements or alterations paid for by Landlord (whether as part of the Refurbishment Allowance or otherwise) determined by calculating the amortized amount after 36 months based upon level payments over 60 months and using an interest factor of 9.5%, and (B) a rental fee of 25% of (a) the remaining Base Rent payable hereunder for remainder of the Initial Term (two years) and (b) the lesser of (i) Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Additional Rent for the remainder of the Initial Term (two years) or (ii) $108,144.00. Tenant may request in writing and within five (5) days after Tenant’s written request for the same, Landlord shall calculate and deliver to Tenant the amount of the Early Termination Fee determined as provided above, which calculation shall be deemed final and binding on Tenant absent manifest error. In order to exercise the Tenant Termination Right, Tenant shall deliver written notice (the “Termination Notice”) to Landlord of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease prior to January 1, 2010 and pay the Termination Fee at the time of delivery of the Termination Notice. If Tenant does not exercise the Tenant Termination Right, fails to provide Landlord with the Termination Notice prior to January 1, 2010 or fails to pay the Termination Fee at the time of delivery of the Termination Notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right of early termination and the Tenant Termination Right shall automatically expire and be of no further force or effect. This Tenant Termination Right is personal to Tenant and may not be transferred nor assigned in any way.
4.   Rent
     4.1 Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Annual Base Rent, as it may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3.2, commencing on the Commencement Date. The Annual Base Rent shall be paid in Monthly Installments of Base Rent. In addition to the Annual Base Rent, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent (the “Additional Rent”) certain charges designated in this Lease. The Annual and Monthly Base Rent are sometimes generically referred herein as the “Base Rent,” and the Base Rent and Additional Rent collectively the “Rent.”
     4.2 Tenant shall pay Landlord the first Monthly Installment of Base Rent simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant. All other Rent will be paid to the order of Landlord, in advance, except as expressly set forth in Section 11.3, without any abatement, setoffs or deductions, on the first day of each and every calendar month (the “Rent Day”) at Landlord’s Office, or at such other place as Landlord may designate in writing. In the event the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the Rent for the partial first calendar month of the Term will be prorated on a daily basis based on the number of days in the month. Rent for such partial calendar month shall be paid on the Commencement Date. Any Rent or other sums, if any, payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease which are not paid within five (5) days after they are due, and any Rent or other sums received and accepted by Landlord more than five (5) days after they are due, will be subject to a late charge of five (5%) percent of the amount due. Such late charges will be due and payable as Additional Rent on or before the next Rent Day.
     4.3 Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Base Rent due hereunder together with any adjustments thereto made during the Term of this Lease shall be absolutely net of all costs, expenses, taxes (real and personal), assessments and charges of every kind and nature whatsoever relating to the ownership, occupancy or use of the Premises so that the rental together with any such adjustments constitute the minimum income realized by Landlord from the Premises. Tenant will indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against such costs, expenses and charges.
5.   Taxes and Assessments
     5.1 Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent all Real Estate Taxes (as hereinafter defined).

4


 

     5.2 Real Estate Taxes shall mean real estate taxes, ad valorem taxes, assessments (general, special, ordinary or extraordinary), sewer rents, rates and charges, taxes based upon the receipt of rent (other than federal, state and local income taxes), and any other federal, state or local charge (general, special, ordinary or extraordinary) which may now or hereafter be imposed, levied or assessed against the Premises. In the event that there shall be imposed a tax or assessment of any kind or nature upon, against or with respect to the Premises or the rents payable by Tenant or with respect to the Landlord’s ownership interest in the Premises, which tax is assessed or imposed by way of substitution for or in addition to all or any part of the Real Estate Taxes, such tax shall be part of the Real Estate Taxes.
     5.3 On each Rent Day during the Term, Tenant shall pay Real Estate Taxes by depositing with Landlord an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Real Estate Taxes as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to adjust such estimates at any time Landlord deems appropriate. If the funds deposited with Landlord shall be insufficient to pay Real Estate Taxes in full at least thirty (30) days prior to the date they become due, Tenant shall, immediately upon demand by Landlord, deposit with Landlord such Additional Rent as may be required by Landlord to enable it to make such payment. In the event the funds deposited with Landlord shall exceed the amount required for the payment of Real Estate Taxes, the excess shall be credited by Landlord to the subsequent deposits required to be made by Tenant to pay future Real Estate Taxes or refunded at the end of the Lease. Upon request, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with copies of paid bills for the Real Estate Taxes.
     5.4 During the calendar years in which the Term begins and ends, Tenant’s liability for Real Estate Taxes for such year shall be subject to a pro rata adjustment based upon the total number of days in the calendar year falling within the Term.
     5.5 In addition to the payment of the Real Estate Taxes, Tenant shall pay in full to the appropriate taxing authority, before delinquent, all municipal, county, and state taxes assessed, levied or imposed upon Tenant’s leasehold interest and all furniture, fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and all other personal Premises of any kind located at, placed in or used in connection with the Premises or its operation.
6.   Building Expenses
     6.1 Commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, all Building Expenses (as hereinafter defined).
     6.2 Building Expenses (and/or “Operating Expenses”) shall mean all reasonable costs and building expenses of every kind and nature paid or incurred by Landlord in operating, insuring, equipping, policing, protecting, lighting, heating, cooling, insuring, repairing, replacing and maintaining that portion of the Premises operated, repaired and maintained by Landlord under this Lease, and the personal Premises used in conjunction therewith. Building Expenses shall include, without limitation, those expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for maintaining, operating and repairing the Premises, the cost of electricity and gas for the exterior area, parking areas and related systems, the cost of steam, water, fuel, heating, lighting, and air conditioning for the Premises, window cleaning, insurance, including, but not limited to, fire, extended coverage, liability, workmen’s compensation, elevator, boiler and machinery, war risk, or any other insurance carried in good faith by Landlord and applicable to the Premises; painting, uniforms, management fees (equal to 6% of the Rent), supplies, sundries, sales or use taxes on supplies or services; janitorial expenses, cost of wages and salaries of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and repair of the Premises, and so-called fringe benefits, including social security taxes, unemployment insurance taxes, cost of providing coverage for health and disability benefits, cost of any pensions, hospitalization, welfare or retirement plans, group insurance plans, or any other similar or like expenses incurred under the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, or any other similar or like expenses which Landlord pays or incurs to provide benefits for employees so engaged in the operation, maintenance and repair of the Premises; the costs of depreciation and maintenance for movable equipment and personal Premises; the cost of the maintenance and repair of the HVAC systems, or of major components thereof; the cost of any capital expenditures (structural or otherwise) to the extent described below; the cost of repairs or other activities arising out of the presence of hazardous substances; the charges of any independent contractor who, under contract with Landlord or its representatives, does any of the work of operating, maintaining or repairing of the Premises; legal and accounting expenses, including, but not limited to such expenses as relate to seeking or obtaining reductions in and refunds of

5


 

Real Estate Taxes; or any other expenses or charges, whether or not previously mentioned, which in accordance with sound accounting and management principles would be considered as an expense of maintaining, operating, or repairing the Premises. If any Building Expenses relating to the Premises, though paid in one year, relates to more than one calendar year, such expense shall be proportionately allocated among such related calendar years. In addition, if Landlord determines in its reasonable judgment that some portion of Expense or Real Estate Tax is partially allocable to the Premises or other buildings or projects, Landlord shall allocate such expense among such premises, buildings and projects in accordance with sound accounting and management principles to determine the amount of Building Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for the Premises and Premises. With respect to capital expenditures, Tenant shall only be obligated to reimburse Landlord after the time the capital expenditure is made and a request for payment is delivered to Tenant in accordance with Sections 6.3 through 6.5 below, the entire cost of the capital expenditure if the useful life of the item reasonably determined by Landlord is equal or less than the unexpired Term (including any exercised Option Term but excluding any unexercised Option Term). If the useful life of the item is greater than the unexpired Term, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the expenditure which shall be determined by multiplying the costs by a fraction, the numerator of which is the unexpired Term and the denominator of which is the useful life of the item, each expressed in months. If after such partial payment, Tenant exercises an Option Term (if any), it shall contemporaneously therewith, pay Landlord for the remaining cost of the item determined by multiplying the cost of the item by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the Option Term or if less, the number of months remaining in the useful life of the item, and the denominator of which is the number of months of the original useful life. At the time a request for payment is made, Landlord shall offer Tenant the option to pay for the capital expenditure in installments amortized over the useful life thereof using the rate of interest designated by Landlord in the notice, which in all events, shall be a reasonable rate of interest under the circumstances. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the useful life for any capital expenditure shall be determined by the reasonable judgment of Landlord.
     6.3 On each Rent Day during the Term, Tenant shall pay Building Expenses by depositing with Landlord an amount equal to one twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Building Expenses as reasonably determined by Landlord in the following manner: Before March 1 of each year, (i) an estimated Building Expense budget for the current year will be provided to Tenant and Tenant will pay 1/12th of that amount each month and (ii) the prior year’s estimate will be reconciled with the actual expenses. If the funds deposited with Landlord shall be insufficient to pay Building Expenses in full, Tenant shall, immediately upon demand by Landlord, deposit with Landlord such Additional Rent as may be required by Landlord to enable it to make such payment. In the event the funds deposited with Landlord shall exceed the amount required for the payment of Building Expenses, the excess shall be credited by Landlord to the subsequent deposits required to be made by Tenant to pay future Building Expenses or, for the last year of the Term of the Lease, refunded to Tenant.
     6.4 At the time of any adjustment, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant evidence of the increase in Building Expenses reasonably sufficient to sustain the adjustment. If Tenant is not satisfied with Landlord’s determination of the amount of such Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay the Additional Rent, but Tenant shall have the right to require Landlord to furnish to Tenant a detailed statement of the basis for such increase. As soon as reasonable after the expiration of each calendar year, Landlord will furnish the Tenant a statement showing Building Expenses and Real Estate Taxes for the expired calendar year.
     6.5 Tenant shall have the right to inspect and copy Landlord’s books and records relating to Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses at all reasonable times upon reasonable notice. Tenant may, at Tenant’s expense, engage auditors to inspect and copy such books and records. Landlord shall retain all such books and records for at least five (5) years after expiration of the year in which the expense was incurred. Any resulting overpayment or underpayment will be paid by Tenant or credited (or paid if the Lease has expired) by Landlord, as the case may be, within ten (10) days after the audit results are accepted by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant may only conduct an audit within one hundred twenty (120) days after Tenant receives the annual statement of Real Estate Taxes and Operating Expenses for the subject year.
7.   Use of Premises
     7.1 Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises during the continuance of this Lease solely for the Designated Use set forth in Section 1.14 hereof, and for no other purpose or purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord. No other person or entity other than Tenant shall occupy all or any portion of the Premises

6


 

without the prior written consent of Landlord. In no event shall Tenant use the Premises or the Premises in any manner which, in Landlord’s judgment, is or may be inconsistent with the operation of a similar building in the greater Novi, Michigan area. Except for the certificate of occupancy for the Premises, which shall be obtained by Landlord at its expense, if any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business or other activity carried on in the Premises or if a failure to procure such a license or permit might or would, in any way, affect Landlord or the Premises, then Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall duly procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit and submit the same to inspection by Landlord. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall, at all times, comply with the requirements of each such license and permit. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its licensees, invitees, agents, employees and contractors, from any loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, (including attorney fees) of any kind, type or description, including without limitation, claims for bodily injury, disease, death, Premises damage or environmental clean up arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with Tenant’s failure to obtain or comply with any such license or permit.
     7.2 Tenant shall not use or permit any person to use the Premises in any manner which violates or would create liability under federal, state or local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or policies. Tenant shall not (either with or without negligence) cause or permit the escape, disposal or release of any biologically or chemically active or other hazardous or flammable substances or materials. Tenant shall not allow the storage or use of such substances or materials in any manner not sanctioned by law or by the highest standards prevailing in the industry for the storage and use of such substances or materials, nor allow to be brought into the Premises any such materials or substances except to use in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business, and then only after written notice is given to Landlord of the identity of such substances or materials. Without limitation, hazardous substances and materials shall include those described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., any applicable state or local law and the regulations adopted under these acts. In addition, Tenant shall execute affidavits, representations and the like from time to time at Landlord’s request concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of hazardous or flammable substances or materials on the Premises. In all events, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord in the manner elsewhere provided in this Lease against any liability resulting from any release of hazardous or flammable substances or materials on the Premises during the Term of this Lease, or caused by Tenant or persons acting under Tenant. Landlord shall indemnify Tenant against any liability resulting from any release of hazardous or flammable substances or materials on the Premises on or before the date of this Lease, or by Landlord or persons acting on Landlord’s behalf on or after the date of this Lease.
     7.3 Tenant will not place any load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, machines and equipment. Such items shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient in Landlord’s judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.
     7.4 Tenant shall not do or permit to be done any act which will invalidate or be in conflict with any insurance policy carried by or for the benefit of Landlord with respect to the Premises or which might subject Landlord to any liability, nor shall Tenant keep anything in the Premises except as permitted by the fire department, board of fire underwriters, or other authority having jurisdiction, and then only in such manner as not to increase the insurance rate for the Premises or Landlord, nor use the Premises in a manner which will increase the insurance rate for the Premises or Landlord.
     7.5 Tenant shall abide by the commercially reasonable building and parking area rules and regulations and any reasonable modifications or amendments by Landlord (the “Rules and Regulations”). The initial set of Rules and Regulations is attached as Exhibit “D”.
8.   Quiet Enjoyment
     8.1 On and after the Occupancy Date, Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises will not be disturbed by Landlord or anyone claiming by, through or under Landlord, unless Tenant defaults in the performance of the covenants of this Lease and which default is not timely cured in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

7


 

9.   Services
     9.1 Access to and HVAC for the Premises shall be provided to Tenant on a seven (7) day a week, twenty-four (24) hour a day basis. Tenant shall have controls for, and there shall be no fee or markup (other than normal utility charges for HVAC usage) for, after hours HVAC usage. Tenant shall directly pay or pay Landlord (at Landlord’s option), as Additional Rent, all charges made against the Premises for all sewer, water, gas, electricity and other utilities and services used upon or furnished to the Premises (including electricity used or consumed for HVAC and related purposes) as and when due during the term of this Lease. Tenant shall pay for the electricity at the secondary rate (general service rate) established by the applicable governmental authority or the applicable utility company providing the electricity. Tenant shall also pay for fluorescent or other electric light bulbs or tubes and electric equipment used in the Premises.
     9.2 Any service which Landlord is required to furnish pursuant to this Lease may, at Landlord’s option, be furnished, in whole or in part, by the managing agent of the Building or by one or more independent contractors. Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to enter into agreements with such independent contractors in form and content approved by Landlord.
     9.3 Landlord shall not be liable for interruption in services caused by riots, strike, labor disputes, accidents or other cause beyond the control of Landlord, or for stoppages or interruptions of any services for the purpose of making necessary repairs or improvements. Failure, interruption, or delay in furnishing services shall not be construed as an act of eviction against the Tenant by the Landlord nor shall such failure, interruption or delay in any way operate as a release from the prompt and punctual performance by the Tenant of the covenants of this Lease provided, however, that the waiver against Landlord shall not apply if the gross negligence of Landlord caused such interruption or damage.
10.   Insurance
     10.1 Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect policies of broad form general liability insurance providing coverage for the Premises on an occurrence basis, with policy limits of not less than $2,000,000.00 per person and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and general aggregate, exclusive of defense costs, and without any provision for a deductible or self insured retention in excess of $100,000.00, together with umbrella or excess liability insurance in an amount not less than $15,000,000 per occurrence and aggregate, with a requirement of underlying limits no greater than $2,000,000.00 per person and $1,000,000.00 per occurrence.
     10.2 Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect through the Term of this Lease policies of all RISK property insurance covering Tenant’s business personal property, valuable papers and records, electronic data processing equipment and improvements and Alterations made to the Premises. The policy under this paragraph 10.2 shall be a replacement cost and special form policy, with a deduction for depreciation.
     10.3 All insurance policies which Tenant is required to maintain shall, in addition to any of the foregoing: be written in carriers authorized to write such business in The State of Michigan and having an A.M. Best & Co. rating of not less than A 8; name Landlord as additional named insured (only on liability insurance); be endorsed to provide that they shall not be canceled or changed materially in any manner adverse to Landlord for any reason except on thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord; and provide coverage to Landlord whether or not the event or occurrence giving rise to the claim is alleged to have been caused in whole or in part by the acts or omissions or negligence of the Tenant or Landlord. Certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage and endorsements required hereby shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord prior to the date thereof. Tenant shall deliver certificates of renewal for such policies to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration dates thereof. Insurance provided by Tenant may be in the form of blanket insurance policies covering properties in addition to the Premises or entities in addition to Tenant; provided, however, that any overall aggregate limit of liability applicable to Landlord or the Premises shall be independent from any overall or annual aggregate applicable to other entities or properties.
     10.4 If Tenant fails to provide any of the insurance or subsequently fails to maintain the insurance in accordance with the requirements of this Lease, Landlord may, but is not required to, procure or renew such

8


 

insurance to protect its own interests only, and any amounts paid by Landlord for such insurance will be Additional Rent due and payable on or before the next Rent Day. Landlord and Tenant agree that any insurance acquired by Landlord shall not cover any interest or liability of Tenant.
     10.5 Landlord and Tenant will require their Premises insurance carriers to include in their policies a clause or endorsement allowing Landlord and Tenant to release each other from any liability to each other or anyone claiming through or under them by way of subrogation or otherwise for any loss or damage to Premises caused by or resulting from risks insured against under Premises insurance for loss, damage or destruction by fire or for other casualty.
     10.6 Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect policies of workers’ compensation and employers liability insurance which shall provide for statutory workers’ compensation benefits and employers liability limits of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence.
11.   Damage By Fire Or Other Casualty
     11.1 In the event of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty (“Destruction”) to the Premises or the Premises, Landlord shall commence reasonably promptly, and with reasonably due diligence continue, to restore same to substantially the same condition as existed immediately preceding such casualty, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11.1. Landlord shall have the right to make changes that do not materially change the Premises or access thereto. Landlord shall not be obligated to expend for such repair or restoration amount in excess of the insurance proceeds plus deductibles and self-insured amounts made available to Landlord for such purpose.
     If, as a result of any Destruction, (i) more than 50% of the Building shall be damaged or destroyed, or (ii) Landlord reasonably determines that the entire Building must be shut-down for restoration and that such shut-down will continue more than 210 days from the date of the Destruction, or (iii) any material damage or destruction occurs to the Premises during the last twelve (12) months of the then current Term (including any exercised Option Term) or (iv) if full restoration of all damage to the Premises does in fact take more than 210 days to complete (other than as a result of a Tenant Delay), then Landlord and Tenant shall each shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate, notice to be given within thirty (30) days after the date of the Destruction. Upon the fifteenth (15 th ) day after such termination notice is given, Tenant shall vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord, without prejudice, however, to Landlord’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the Lease prior to termination and any Rent owing shall be paid.
     11.2 Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord of fire or other casualty at the Premises. If Landlord repairs or restores the Premises, Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall promptly repair or replace its trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, personal Premises and leasehold improvements in a manner and to a condition equal to that existing prior to the occurrence of the damage or casualty.
     11.3 If the fire, casualty, repairing or rebuilding of the Premises shall render the Premises untenantable, a proportionate reduction of the Annual Base Rent and all other charges, due thereafter shall be abated from the date of the occurrence of such casualty until the date Landlord completes the repairs to the Premises or, in the event Landlord or Tenant elects to terminate this Lease, until the date of termination. Such reduction shall be computed on the basis of the ratio which the floor area of the Premises rendered untenantable bears to the Rentable Floor Area of Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for any delay in the repair or restoration of the Premises which is not reasonably within its control.
     11.4 Landlord and Tenant shall look first to any insurance in its favor, including that which the party is required to carry by this Lease, before making any claim against the other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty, and to the extent that such insurance, or the insurance required by this Lease, if in force, would have paid the claim, Landlord and Tenant each hereby releases and waives all right of recovery against the other or any one claiming through or under each of them by way of subrogation or otherwise.
     11.5 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not required to carry insurance on Tenant’s personal Premises, fixtures, and improvements, and agrees that Landlord will not be obligated to repair any damage or replace the same. However, subject to reimbursement by Tenant to the extent set forth elsewhere in this Lease,

9


 

Landlord may insure, repair, restore and replace the Premises, including the Tenant Improvements, if any, constructed in accordance with Section 2 of this Lease.
12.   Repairs; Alterations
12.1   Subject to reimbursement in accordance with Section 6, Landlord, will keep and maintain the Premises and every part thereof including, but not limited to, the roof, exterior and interior walls, the building slab and foundation, the parking areas, the heating, air conditioning and utility systems, and landscaped areas in good repair, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage excepted. Further, Tenant shall bear the expense of maintaining the Premises in a clean and safe condition in accord with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, and the directions of any health officer, fire marshal, building inspector, or other governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Premises and in a manner consistent with the operation of other similar Class A buildings in the greater Novi, Michigan area; however Landlord shall be responsible for performing work necessary to comply with such laws, ordinances and regulations, at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of the need for such work. If Tenant fails to perform any of the work required to be performed by it under this Section 12.1 within ten (10) days after the delivery of written notice thereof by Landlord, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense may perform such work and the cost thereof shall be deemed Additional Rent which shall be due and payable within ten (10) days after written demand for such sums by Landlord.
12.2   Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, will repair all damage to the Premises caused by the moving of Tenant’s fixtures or personal Premises, or through the negligence or willful acts of Tenant, its agents or invitees. As between Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall be responsible for the expense of any alterations, changes or improvements to the Premises which may be necessary in order for the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof to be in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and its state and local counterparts or equivalents (collectively the “Disabilities Act”) during the term of this Lease, but Landlord shall be responsible for such compliance as of the commencement of the term.
12.3   Subject to reimbursement in accordance with Section 6, Landlord will make all other repairs to the Premises, its heating, air conditioning and electrical systems, and the parking areas. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of the need for repair. All repairs costing in excess of $500.00 shall be approved by Tenant, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
12.4   All repairs by Tenant must be approved by Landlord prior to commencement thereof. There shall be no reduction in Rent nor shall there by any liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant, or others making or failing to make any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements to any portion of the Premises.
12.5   Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install a security system which permits Landlord access to the Premises at all times. Otherwise, Tenant shall not make any renovations, alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises (“Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. All plans and specifications for any Alterations shall be approved by Landlord prior to commencement of any work. If Landlord fails to approve or disapprove Tenant’s plans for Alterations within ten (10) days of Landlord’s receipt of same, then Tenant’s Alteration plans shall be deemed approved and Landlord shall perform the Alterations. Landlord’s approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings for Tenant’s Alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with laws, rules and regulations of governmental agencies or authorities, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended. All such work (other than the installation of the security system) shall be performed by Landlord with all reasonable speed and Tenant shall pay all Construction Costs in connection therewith. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of its costs to do the Alterations, including all subcontractor and supplier costs. Landlord shall indemnify Tenant from any loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, (including reasonable attorney fees) for any claims for bodily injury, death, or Premises damage that arise in connection with any Alterations by Landlord to the Premises which are caused by the negligent acts or omissions or the willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or contractors. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the Construction Costs within fifteen (15) days after request for such payment (which request will come no more than monthly) and after Landlord has provided to Tenant a copy of all charges together with all bills and invoices for all materials, labor, and supplies. All Alterations made by Tenant upon the Premises, except for movable office furniture and movable trade fixtures installed at the expense of Tenant, shall be and shall

10


 

remain the Premises of Landlord, and shall be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration or termination of this Lease, without molestation or injury. In addition, Landlord may designate by written notice to Tenant at the time of Landlord’s approval of the Alterations, the Alterations made by or for Tenant which Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease. If Landlord exercises this option by the delivery of written notice thereof to Tenant, then the designated items shall be removed by Tenant and Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises and restore the Premises to the condition it was prior to the Alteration or fixture installation.
     12.6 Tenant shall keep the Premises free of liens for work claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, Tenant and will hold Landlord harmless from any liens which may be placed on the Premises except those attributable to the acts of Landlord. In the event a construction or other lien shall be filed against the Premises or Tenant’s interest as a result of any work undertaken by Tenant, or as a result of any repairs or alterations made by Tenant, or any other act of Tenant, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receiving notice of the lien, discharge the lien. In the event Tenant shall fail to discharge such lien, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to procure such discharge, and Tenant shall pay the cost of procuring such discharge to Landlord as Additional Rent upon the next Rent Day.
     12.7 There shall be no reduction in Rent nor shall there be any liability on the part of Landlord by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Landlord, Tenant, or others making any repairs, alterations, additions or improvements to any portion of the Premises. However, in performing any such work, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to avoid any unreasonable interference with the operation of Tenant’s business on the Premises.
13.   Eminent Domain
     13.1 If fifty (50%) percent or more of the leasable floor area of the Building or any material portion of the Premises is condemned or taken in any manner, including without limitation any conveyance in lieu of condemnation, for any public or quasi-public use (“Taken”), the Term of this Lease shall cease and terminate as of the date title is vested in the condemning authority.
     13.2 If less than fifty (50%) percent of the leasable floor area of the Building or if any material portion of the Premises is Taken, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate this Lease by giving written notice within thirty (30) days after being notified of such taking, and in such event, termination shall be effective upon the date designated by Landlord in the notice of termination. In addition, if less than fifty (50%) percent of the leasable floor area of the Building or if any material portion of the Premises is Taken, and Tenant determines, in its reasonable business opinion, that operating its business is no longer tenable, then Tenant shall also have the right to terminate the Lease by giving written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after being notified of such Taking.
     13.3 The whole of any award or compensation for any portion of the Premises Taken, including the value of Tenant’s leasehold interest under the Lease, shall be solely the Premises of Landlord. Tenant is not precluded from seeking, at its own expense, an award from the condemning authority for loss of the value of any trade fixtures or other personal Premises in the Premises, or moving expenses, provided that the award for such claim or claims shall not diminish the award made to Landlord. If the unexpired Term of the Lease is not terminated, then Landlord shall, within 210 days after the taking by the governmental authority, complete restoration of the Premises in its condition as close thereto as is reasonably possible and if Landlord fails to completely restore the Premises within the 210 day period other than as a result of Tenant Delay, then Tenant may terminate the Lease within twenty (20) days after the 210 day period. In such event all liability shall terminate.
     13.4 In the event the Premises or any portion are Taken, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of any unexpired Term of this Lease or otherwise. In the event of a partial taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Annual Base Rent thereafter shall be partially reduced. The reduction shall be computed on the basis of the ratio which the floor area of that portion of the Premises Taken bears to the rentable floor area of Premises.

11


 

14.   Assignment Or Subletting
     14.1 Tenant shall not offer to assign to sublet or this Lease, and Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublet the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and of any mortgagee of the Premises if required. Any attempted assignment or subletting without consent shall be invalid. In the event of any permitted assignment or subletting, Tenant shall remain fully responsible and liable for payment of Rent and performance of all of Tenant’s other covenants under this Lease. No assignment or subletting shall be permitted or be binding upon Landlord unless the assignee or subtenant shall deliver to Landlord an instrument acceptable to Landlord (in recordable form, if requested) containing, among other things, an agreement of assumption of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease accruing thereafter for the space so sublet or assigned. Tenant agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s review of any proposed assignment or subletting (including charges for the time of Landlord’s internal personnel), and Landlord may require that Tenant deliver a deposit with Landlord prior to Landlord’s review of the proposed assignment or subletting. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, if all or any part of the Premises are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies shall have the right, but not the obligation, to collect directly from the assignee or subtenant all Rent becoming due to Landlord. Any collection by Landlord from the assignee or subtenant shall not be construed as a waiver or release of Tenant from the further performance of the covenants of this Lease or the making of a new lease with such assignee or subtenant.
     14.2 Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, refuse to give its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting for any reasonable reason, including, but not limited to, the financial condition, creditworthiness or business reputation of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the prevailing market or quoted rental rates for space in the Building or other comparable buildings, and the proposed use of the Premises by, or business of, the proposed assignee or subtenant. In addition, in lieu of giving its consent, if the proposed subletting is for substantially all of the Premises or in the event Tenant proposed to assign the Lease, Landlord may, at its option, within thirty (30) days after receiving notice of the proposal, terminate this Lease by giving Tenant thirty (30) days written notice of termination, whereupon each party shall be released from any further obligations and liability hereunder.
     14.3 The term “assign” or “sublet”, or any form of such words as used herein, shall not include (1) any merger, consolidation, voluntary and involuntary transfer by operation of law or otherwise, (2) sale, transfer or creation of stock by which an aggregate of more than 50% of Tenant’s stock shall be vested in a party or parties who are not stockholders as of the Lease Date. Tenant may assign or sublet as set forth in (1) and (2) above with prior written notice to Landlord but without Landlord’s approval.
     14.4 In the event Tenant shall sublet all or a portion of the Premises or assign this Lease, all of the sums of money or other economic consideration received by Tenant or its affiliates, directly or indirectly, as a result of such subletting or assignment, whether denominated as rent or otherwise, which exceed in the aggregate the total sums which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the Premises subject to such sublease) shall be payable to Landlord as Additional Rent under this Lease without effecting or reducing any other obligation of Tenant hereunder.
15.   Access to the Premises
     15.1 Tenant shall permit, and Landlord and Landlord’s representatives, agents and contractors shall have the right, to enter the Premises at all reasonable times with reasonable notice (unless in the case of an emergency where no notice shall be required) for the purposes of (i) inspecting the Premises or the Building, (ii) maintaining the Premises or the Building, (iii) making repairs, alterations or additions to the Premises or the Building and improvements on the land where the Building is situated, or (v) performing any obligations of the Landlord under the Lease. Landlord may show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees and tenants and may display about the Premises signs advertising the availability of the Premises, provided Landlord does not materially interfere with Tenant’s operations and enjoyment of the Premises.

12


 

16.   Notice
          16.1 All bills, notices, statements, communications, or demands (collectively the “Notices”) required under this Lease must be in writing. Any Notices from Landlord to Tenant will be deemed to have been duly and sufficiently given on the date delivered if a copy has been personally delivered, on the date sent if sent via telecopy or electronic mail, two (2) business days after they have been mailed by United States mail, postage prepaid, or one (1) business day after they have been sent via overnight courier service to Tenant at the address of the Premises or at such other address as Tenant may designate in writing. Any Notice from Tenant to Landlord will be deemed to have been duly and sufficiently given if delivered to Landlord in the same manner as provided above at the Landlord’s Office or at such other address as Landlord may designate in writing.
17.   Breach, Re-Entry, Termination
     17.1 Each of the following shall be deemed an event of default: (i) Tenant’s failure to make payment of Rent when due as provided in this Lease; or (ii) Tenant’s failure to perform any of the covenants of this Lease; or (iii) Tenant’s violation of the Rules and Regulations; or (iv) if Tenant or another person shall file a petition for relief for Tenant under the bankruptcy laws, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors for Tenant, or if a receiver of any Premises of the Tenant be appointed in any action, suit or proceeding by or against Tenant, or if Tenant shall admit to any creditor or to Landlord that it is insolvent, or if the interest of Tenant in the Premises shall be sold under execution or other legal process, or if Tenant shall abandon the Premises.
     17.2 Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Landlord shall have the right to terminate the Lease and shall be entitled to possession of the Premises. Landlord may make its election to terminate known to Tenant by delivery of a notice of termination. Such termination shall be immediately effective to the extent permitted by applicable law and Landlord shall be entitled to forthwith commence an action in summary proceedings to recover possession of the premises. Anything contained in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, on the occurrence of an event of default, the Landlord shall not exercise any right or remedy under any provision of this Lease or applicable law unless and until: (a) the Landlord has given written notice thereof to the Tenant, and (b) the Tenant has failed, (i) if such default consists of a failure to pay money, to pay all such money within five (5) days after receipt of such notice, or (ii) in the event of default consists of something other than the failure to pay money to fully cure such event of default within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such notice or, if such default cannot be cured within fifteen (15) days and Tenant commences to cure the same within fifteen (15) days and to diligently thereafter pursue curing such default, to fully cure such event of default within thirty (30) days. In the event Landlord has sent three (3) or more notices of default to Tenant with any twelve (12) consecutive calendar months, Landlord shall have no further obligation to give Tenant written notice of any further default or to grant Tenant any opportunity to cure the same, except as otherwise provided by law. Except as set forth in this Section, Tenant waives all notice in connection with such termination, including by way of illustration but not limitation notice of intent to terminate, demand for possession or payment, and notice of re-entry.
     17.3 No receipt of money by the Landlord from the Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall reinstate, continue or extend the term, nor affect or waive any notice given by the Landlord to the Tenant prior to such receipt of money.
     17.4 Should Landlord at any time terminate this Lease, in addition to any other remedies it may have, it may recover from Tenant all damages it may incur by reason of any default, including the cost of recovering the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and damages equal to the excess of lost Rent over the reasonable rental value of the Premises, discounted to the date of the default at the rate of 6% per annum, all of which amounts shall be immediately due and payable from Tenant to Landlord. All rent due on or before the default, and all rent discounted as set forth above, shall bear interest from the date of default until paid in full in accordance with Section 17.14 hereof.
     17.5 If the event of default is for the nonpayment of Rent, Landlord may, as an alternative to terminating the Lease, serve a written demand for possession or payment. Unless paid in accordance with the demand for possession or payment, Landlord shall be entitled to possession of the Premises and Tenant shall have no further right to possession under the Lease. Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for the payment of all Rent

13


 

and other charges which Tenant has agreed to pay under this Lease throughout the remainder of its Term. Should Landlord elect to re-enter, as herein provided, it may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary in order to relet the Premises, and relet said Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the term of this Lease) and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable. Upon each such reletting all rentals and other sums received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied, first, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs and expenses of such reletting, including reasonable brokerage fees and attorneys’ fees and of costs of such alterations and repairs; third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due from Tenant, and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as the same may become due and payable. If such rentals and other sums received from such reletting during any month be insufficient to pay the Rent and other charges due from Tenant, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. No such re-entry by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding any such reletting without termination, Landlord may at any time hereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach. Tenant waives any further right to possession following re-entry by Landlord.
     17.6 The Landlord’s rights, remedies and benefits provided by this Lease shall be cumulative, and shall not be exclusive of any other rights, remedies and benefits allowed by law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, each agreement, covenant, representation, warranty and obligation made in this Lease Agreement by or on behalf of Tenant, or in any instruments delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith (including all indemnities and obligations to repair and restore the Premises) shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease and the consummation of the transactions provided for herein.
     17.7 The parties agree that they shall rely solely upon the terms of this Lease to govern their relationship. They further agree that reliance upon any representation, act or omission outside the terms of this Lease shall be deemed unreasonable, and shall not establish any rights or obligations on the part of either party.
     17.8 One or more waivers of any covenant of the Lease by either party shall not be construed as a waiver of a subsequent breach of the same covenant and the consent or approval by Landlord to or of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by Tenant. No breach of a covenant of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord, unless such waiver (i) is in writing signed by Landlord; (ii) identifies the breach, and (iii) expressly states that it is a waiver of the identified breach.
     17.9 No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the full amount of the Rent then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord shall accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the amount due or pursue any other remedy.
     17.10 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to pay Rent under this Lease is an independent covenant, and that such obligation to pay is not subject to setoff or recoupment in connection with any action for summary proceedings to recover possession of the Premises.
     17.11 Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in connection with any action for summary proceedings to recover possession of the Premises. Further, Landlord and Tenant waive trial by jury in connection with any action arising out of or relating to the covenants of this Lease, with the exception of actions for personal injury or Premises damage.
     17.12 In the event that Landlord is required to bring an action arising out of the covenants of this Lease, or in the event Landlord undertakes an action for summary proceedings to recover possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord such reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees as Landlord may incur in connection with such action.

14


 

     17.13 Tenant shall not be entitled to surrender the Premises to avoid liability for Rent due to the condition of the Premises or Premises, nor shall any purported consensual surrender be effective unless expressly agreed to in a writing signed by the Landlord.
     17.14 Any Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease not received within five (5) days after the same is due will bear interest at a per annum rate equal to twelve (12%) percent or, if lower, the highest rate permitted by law. Such interest will be due and payable as Additional Rent within ten (10) days after demand, and will accrue from the date that such rent or other sums are payable under the provisions of this Lease until actually paid by Tenant.
18.   Surrender Of Premises On Termination
     18.1 At the expiration (or earlier termination) of the term hereof, Tenant will surrender the Premises broom clean and free from any Hazardous Materials and in as good condition and repair as they were at the time Tenant took possession, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and promptly upon surrender will deliver all keys and building security cards for the Premises to Landlord at the place then fixed for the payment of rent. All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with repairing or restoring the Premises to the condition called for herein, together with the costs, if any, of removing any Hazardous Materials or Tenant’s Facilities (as defined below) from the Premises, together with liquidated damages in an amount equal to the amount of minimum net rental plus all other charges which would have been payable by Tenant under this Lease if the term of this Lease had been extended for the period of time reasonably required for Landlord to repair or restore the Premises to the condition called for herein, shall be invoiced to Tenant and shall be payable as Additional Rental within five (5) days after receipt of invoice. The “Tenant Facilities” shall be the all additions or improvements installed by the Tenant upon the Premises and all Alterations designated by written notice for removal in accordance with Section 12.5. If Landlord exercises this option by the delivery of written notice thereof to Tenant, then the designated Tenant Facilities shall be removed by Tenant and Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises and restore the Premises to the condition it was prior to the installation or construction of the designated Tenant Facilities. In the event that Tenant fails to thus restore the Premises as above provided, Landlord shall have the right to restore the Premises and shall be reimbursed for any reasonable costs or expenses incurred as a result thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
19.   Performance by Landlord of the Covenants Of Tenant
     19.1 If Tenant fails to pay any money or to perform any covenant required by this Lease after written notice and failure to cure, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord and all incidental costs, including without limitation the cost of repair, maintenance or restoration of the Premises, shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be due and payable on the next Rent Day.
20.   Subordination; Estoppel Certificates
     20.1 This Lease is subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage or mortgages, and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any mortgage or mortgages, now or hereafter placed upon Landlord’s interest in the Premises. This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination is necessary. Despite the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver, within ten (10) days after requested, such further instrument or instruments confirming subordination as requested by Landlord.
     20.2 In the event of subordination of this Lease, Landlord shall condition the subordination upon the customary agreement of the mortgagee or lessor that in the event of foreclosure or the assertion of any other rights under the mortgage or lease, this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder shall continue in effect and shall not be terminated or disturbed so long as Tenant continues to perform and is not in an uncured default under this Lease.
     20.3 If any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the conveyance by deed in lieu of foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale, Tenant hereby attorns to, and shall execute any

15


 

instrument in writing reasonably satisfactory to the new owner, attorning to such successor in interest and recognizing such successor as the Landlord under this Lease.
     20.4 Tenant, within fifteen (15) days after request by Landlord, will execute and deliver to Landlord, an estoppel certificate, in a form acceptable to Landlord, certifying: (i) the Commencement Date and Termination Date; (ii) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or is in full force and effect as modified, stating the modifications; (iii) that the Lease is not in default, or listing any such defaults and that Tenant does not claim any rights of setoff, or listing such rights of setoff; (iv) the amount of Rent due as of the date of the certificate, the date to which the Rent has been paid in advance, and the amount of any Security Deposit or prepaid Rent; and (v) to such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Any such certificate may be relied on by any prospective purchaser, mortgagee or lessor of the Premises.
     20.5 Tenant agrees to give any mortgagee(s), by registered mail, a copy of any such notice of default served upon the Landlord, provided that prior to such notice, Tenant has been notified, in writing (by way of Notice of Assignment of Rents and Leases, or otherwise), of the address of such mortgagee(s), Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, then the mortgagee(s) shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if within such thirty (30) days, any mortgagee has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default, (including, but not limited to, commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary, to effect such cure) in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so diligently pursued.
21.   Holding Over
     21.1 If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the Termination Date with or without the consent of Landlord, it will be deemed to be occupying the Premises as a tenant from month to month, subject to all the covenants of this Lease to the extent that they can be applied to a month-to-month tenancy, except that the Monthly Installment of Base Rent for each month will be one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the Holdover Base (as defined below) if Landlord has not executed a lease or letter of intent for the Premises with a tenant other than Tenant, and will be two hundred fifty (250%) percent of the Holdover Base if Landlord has executed a lease or letter of intent for the Premises with a tenant other than Tenant. The Holdover Base shall be greater of: (a) the regular Monthly Installment of Base Rent payable for the last month of the Term of this Lease; or (b) the then prevailing market rates of rent for the Premises reasonably determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. These covenants shall not preclude Landlord from recovering damages as a result of Tenant’s failure to timely deliver possession of the Premises, nor establish any right or option of extension or renewal on behalf of Tenant.
22.   Intentionally Omitted
 
23.   Indemnification
     23.1 Tenant shall, at its expense, indemnify and defend Landlord, its licensees, invitees, agents, employees, servants and contractors, from any loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, (including attorney fees) of any kind, type or description, including without limitation, claims for bodily injury, disease, death, Premises damage or environmental clean-up arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the condition of the Premises during the Term of the Lease, the use or misuse thereof by Tenant or any other person, during the Term of the Lease, the acts or omissions of Tenant, its servants, agents, employees or contractors during the Term of the Lease, the failure of Tenant to comply with any covenant of this Lease.
     23.2 Landlord shall, at its expense, indemnify and defend Tenant, its licensees, invitees, agents, employees, servants and contractors, from any loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, (including attorney fees) of any kind, type or description, including without limitation, claims for bodily injury, disease, death, property damage or environmental clean up arising directly or indirectly out of or in connection with the gross negligence of Landlord or the failure of Landlord to comply with any covenant of this Lease.

16


 

24.   Definition Of Landlord; Landlord’s Liability
     24.1 The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease is limited to mean and include only the owner or owners of the Premises at the time in question, and in the event of any sale or transfer of Landlord’s interests in the Premises, the Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances the then grantor) will automatically be released of all liability for the performance of any covenants contained in this Lease, accruing after the date of transfer (provided same are assumed in writing by the transferee).
     24.2 If Landlord fails to perform any covenant of this Lease, and as a consequence of such default Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment may be satisfied only out of the proceeds of sale received upon execution of such judgment and levied against the interest of Landlord in the Premises and out of the undistributed rents or undistributed sales proceeds from the Premises, and Landlord shall not be liable, personally or otherwise, for any deficiency.
     24.3 Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any acts or omissions of persons occupying the Building, nor for any damage to Premises entrusted to employees of the Building, nor resulting from any accident or occurrence in the parking area, nor for loss or damage to any Premises by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons or Premises resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature.
25.   Signs
     25.1 Subject to the approval of the City of Novi, Tenant shall be allowed to have a suite entry sign and an exclusive exterior building and/or monument sign on the brick portion of the Building, all of which must be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided they comply with the sign criteria described on Exhibit C. All such signs shall be designed, manufactured, installed, maintained, repaired and removed by Landlord but at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In no event shall individual letters or signs consisting of individual letters without a unified backing be allowed on the Building unless specifically approved in writing by Landlord, in it sole discretion. Except for the suite entry and exterior building sign as approved by Landlord, no signs, lighting, lettering, pictures, notices, advertisements, shades, awnings or decorations will be displayed, used or installed by Tenant except as approved in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. All such materials displayed in and about the Premises will be such only as to advertise the business carried on upon the Premises and Landlord will control the location, character and size thereof. Tenant shall not cause or permit to be caused any advertising materials or methods which are reasonably objectionable to Landlord or to other tenants of the Building, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing: loudspeakers, mechanical or moving display devices, unusually bright or flashing lights and similar devices the effect of which may be seen or heard from outside the Premises.
26.   General
     26.1 The Lease can be modified or amended only by a written agreement signed by the Landlord and Tenant. Landlord may unilaterally amend the Rules and Regulations by giving Tenant thirty (30) days prior written notice of such modification or amendment, provided the amended Rules and Regulations are uniform and commercially reasonable.
     26.2 Time is of the essence in this Lease with respect to the performance of all covenants.
     26.3 There are no representations with respect to the condition of the Premises, rents, leases, Building Expenses, Real Estate Taxes or any other matter related to the Premises except as expressly set forth in this Lease, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise.
     26.4 All questions with respect to the construction of this Lease shall be determined in accord with the laws of the State of Michigan. Except for the terms otherwise defined herein, the language in all parts of this Lease shall be construed, in all cases, according to its plain meaning. The parties acknowledge that each party and its counsel have reviewed this Lease, and that the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party, shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any document

17


 

executed in connection herewith. The division of this Lease into articles, sections, subsections, rider and exhibits is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction of this Lease.
     26.5 References in this Lease to persons, entities and items have been generalized. Therefore, reference to a single person, entity or item will also mean more than one person, entity or thing whenever such usage is appropriate (for example, “Tenant” may include, if appropriate, a group of persons acting as a single entity, or as tenants-in-common). Similarly, pronouns of any gender should be considered interchangeable with pronouns of other genders.
     26.6 This Lease shall be binding on successors and assigns.
     26.7 Tenant, and each person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant, hereby warrant and represent to Landlord that Tenant is validly organized and existing and authorized to do business under the laws of the State of Michigan, that the Tenant has full power and lawful authority to enter into this Lease, and that the execution of this Lease by such individual is legally binding upon the Tenant in accordance with its terms. Landlord, and each person executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord, hereby warrant and represent to Tenant that Landlord is validly organized and existing and authorized to do business under the laws of the State of Michigan, that Landlord has full power and lawful authority to enter into this Lease, and that the execution of this Lease by such individual is legally binding on the Landlord in accordance with its terms. If at any time Tenant’s parent company is not a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, then annually and at any other time, then annually and at any other time reasonably requested by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly furnish Landlord (and in any event within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s request) financial statements (including balance sheets, income statements, statements of cash flows, statements of equity and all accompanying notes) reflecting Tenant’s and each subtenant’s and other occupant’s current financial condition. All such financial statements shall be in such form and contain such detail as Landlord shall reasonably request.
     26.8 If any covenant of this Lease shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such covenant shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining covenants shall not in any way be affected or impaired.
     26.9 If the time for performance of any act or occurrence of any events falls on a day which is not a business day, the then the date for such performance or occurrence shall be postponed to the next business day. For purposes of this Lease, “business day” shall mean any day which is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which United States federal courts are not open for business.
     26.10 Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant, that there are no claims for brokerage commissions or finder’s fees in connection with this Lease as a result of the contracts, contacts or actions of Landlord and Landlord agrees to indemnify Tenant and hold it harmless from all liabilities arising from an alleged agreement or act by Landlord (including, without limitation, the cost of counsel fees in connection therewith); such agreement to survive the termination of this Lease. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that there are no claims for brokerage commissions or finder’s fees in connection with this Lease as a result of the contracts, contacts or actions of Tenant, and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from all liabilities arising from any such claim arising from an alleged agreement or act by Tenant (including, without limitation, the cost of counsel fees in connection therewith); such agreement to survive the termination of this Lease.
     26.11 (a) Provided (i) Tenant is the Tenant originally named herein, (ii) Tenant actually occupies all of the Premises, (iii) no event of default of the Tenant’s obligations under the Lease shall have occurred during the Term which has not been cured, and (iv) Tenant has not exercised its Tenant Termination Right, Tenant shall have the right to purchase the Premises on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 26.11 on October 15, 2007, October 1, 2010 and October 1, 2012. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Tenant’s option to purchase the Premises shall expire if Tenant has sent a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Lease. Tenant may exercise its option to purchase, if at all, by the delivery to Landlord of a written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) of Tenant’s election to purchase prior and the delivery of an earnest money deposit of $50,000.00 on or before:
  (A)   July 1, 2010 in order to purchase the Premises on October 1, 2010; and

18


 

  (B)   January 1, 2012 in order to purchase the Premises on October 1, 2012.
     (b) Tenant shall have thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Exercise Notice in order to obtain title work, a survey and an environmental assessment for the Premises and if they are not acceptable to Tenant, it may terminate its option to purchase the Premises by the delivery of written notice thereof (the “Termination Notice”) to Landlord prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period and receive a refund of the $50,000.00 earnest money deposit. If no Termination Notice is received by Landlord within the thirty (30) day period, then Tenant shall be obligated to purchase the Premises and the initial $50,000.00 earnest money deposit shall become non-refundable.
      (c)  Unless Tenant has terminated the option to purchase the Premises as described above, Tenant shall deliver an additional non-refundable earnest money deposit of $50,000.00 to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Exercise Notice. The entire earnest money deposit shall be applied against the purchase price at closing (the “Closing”), or retained by Landlord in the event Tenant shall fail to close the purchase of the Premises on the terms and conditions set forth herein or returned to Tenant as set forth herein. If Tenant shall fail to duly deliver an Exercise Notice to Landlord prior to dates set forth above Tenant’s option to purchase the Premises shall expire. If option to purchase is duly exercised, the Closing date shall be the dates set forth in (A) or (B) above, as the case may be. The purchase price shall be paid in cash at Closing, subject to customary pro-rations. Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses (including transfer taxes) incurred in connection with the sale. The Purchase Price will be $2,131,775.00 if the Closing occurs on October 1, 2010 and $2,253,625.00, if the Closing occurs on October 1, 2012. The purchase price as set forth above shall be adjusted by the adjustments set forth herein, if any. If Tenant exercises the option to purchase the Premises, the following terms shall apply to the Closing:
  1.   Landlord shall convey by covenant deed fee simple, marketable title of the Premises to Tenant, which shall warrant title to the Premises for all periods on or before the date of this Lease and also warrant title for any actions of Landlord, or its agents and representatives, after the date of this Lease. Landlord will not warrant title or protect Tenant for actions by Tenant or by others after the Effective Date of this Lease. Tenant shall pay the cost of the transfer taxes to be attached to the deed. Tenant shall pay the cost of recording the deed. Each party shall pay its own attorneys fees, and share equally any closing fees charged by any title company for closing.
 
  2.   If the Premises are damaged or destroyed, or is threatened to be taken by eminent domain as set forth above, and the Tenant has exercised the purchase option but closing has not occurred, then Tenant shall be entitled to rescind the exercise of the purchase option, and any monies paid by Tenant to Landlord which apply to the purchase of the Premises shall be returned to Tenant. If Tenant does not terminate the purchase option, then Tenant shall receive all condemnation proceeds or insurance proceeds applicable to the Lease and the credit for rental payments shall still apply. If Tenant fails to purchase the Premises, for any reason, then Landlord shall receive all of the applicable insurance and condemnation proceeds.
 
  3.   The closing shall take place at Landlord office or other mutually agreeable location.
 
  4.   If either party fails to close the sale and purchase of the Premises after Tenant exercises its purchase option, then the Lease term, if then in effect, shall continue, and notwithstanding all other rights and remedies which the parties shall have under this Lease and Michigan law, either party shall have the right of specific performance to enforce the sale or purchase of the Premises.
 
  5.   Landlord, as seller, shall furnish Tenant with an affidavit stating that Landlord is not a “foreign person” within the meaning of IRC § 1445(f)(3). If such affidavit shall not be provided, Buyer shall withhold and deliver the amount required under IRC § 1445.

19


 

  6.   Because of Tenant’s option to purchase the Premises as set forth in this Lease, Landlord warrants to the Tenants that as of the date of the Lease, and to its knowledge, the following true;
  (a)   It is the fee simple owner of the Premises;
 
  (b)   It is organized under the laws of the State of Michigan, and is authorized to carry out the terms of this Agreement;
 
  (c)   There are no condemnation proceedings pending or threatened or public improvements ordered against the Premises;
 
  (d)   There are no restrictions affecting the Premises that are not of record or otherwise disclosed to Tenant, other than the requirements of the City of Novi. Tenant acknowledges that it has the responsibility to satisfy itself as to the City’s requirements for the site;
 
  (e)   Neither Landlord, nor its agents, nor, to Landlord’s actual knowledge, any other parties have stored on the Premises, released into or deposited upon or below the surface of the Premises, or into any water systems on or below the surface of the Premises, any chemical, hazardous, or toxic substances or wastes (as those terms are defined in any environmental law) in violation of any applicable environmental law;
 
  (f)   To Landlord’s actual knowledge, there are currently no underground storage tanks on the Premises;
     (d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect until the Closing has been completed. Finally, in no event shall Tenant have any future rights under this Section 26.11 if Tenant fails to close on the sale of the Premises after an Exercise Notice has been sent. At the closing, the Term of this Lease shall expire and Tenant shall enter into a Premises management agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E with Northern Equities Management Company (“NEMC”) for the term of Tenant’s ownership for a management fee of $1,000.00 per month if Tenant elects to have NEMC manage the entire Premises, or $750.00 per month if Tenant elects to have NEMC manage the only the exterior of the Premises, in which event the management agreement shall be modified to apply only to the exterior of the Premises.
     26.12 At Closing, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a Right of First Refusal Agreement and a memorandum thereof which shall be recorded. The Right of First Refusal Agreement shall provide that in the event Tenant desires to sell the Premises (by cash, mortgage, or land contract), then prior to consummating any such sale, Tenant shall offer Landlord the right to acquire the Premises on the same terms and conditions as Tenant will sell the Premises to a third party. Landlord shall have ten (10) days after Landlord has received from Tenant a copy of Tenant’s written offer to sell (or a purchaser has offered to purchase from Tenant) to exercise its option to purchase the Premises, on the same terms and conditions as have been offered by or to Tenant, by giving Tenant written notice of the same. If Landlord fails to exercise the right to purchase the Premises on the terms set forth in the offer, then Landlord’s Right of First Refusal shall be void and of no further effect if the sale of the Premises is closed on the same terms and conditions presented to Landlord. In the event Landlord accepts the offer, Landlord and Tenant shall sign an agreement to memorialize the sale of the Premises to Landlord based upon the offer, and proceed with the purchase and sale of the Premises in accordance with the terms the offer. As set forth herein, Landlord’s Right of First Refusal shall only apply to the sale of the Premises by Tenant to a third party (and shall be binding upon a subsequent purchaser if it is not a third party sale) and not a partial lease of the Premises or a refinancing of the Premises. If Landlord fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal timely, as set herein, but the sale of the Premises fails to close between the Tenant and third party on the terms set forth in the offer presented to Landlord, then Landlord’s Right of First Refusal shall be renewed and Landlord shall have the right to purchase the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Right of Refusal Agreement as set forth in this paragraph.

20


 

     If Tenant desires to lease the entire Premises, the Right of First Refusal Agreement shall provide that Tenant shall deliver written notice thereof (a “Leasing Notice”) to Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right to acquire the Premises. If Landlord delivers written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s desire to acquire the Premises within five (5) business days after the delivery of the Tenant Leasing Notice, then Tenant shall not enter into a lease for the Premises for a period of fifteen (15) days while Landlord and Tenant attempt in good faith to negotiate a purchase price for the sale of the Premises to Landlord. In the event Landlord and Tenant reach an agreement on the purchase price, then within thirty (30) days thereafter Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a written agreement of sale containing customary provisions for such purpose, and thereafter Landlord and Tenant shall proceed with the purchase and sale of the Premises in accordance with the terms of such agreement. If despite using good faith efforts, Landlord and Tenant do not reach an agreement for the purchase price within the fifteen (15) day period, Tenant may proceed to lease the Premises and Landlord shall have no further right to purchase the Premises with respect to the proposed lease provided the Premises is in fact leased by Tenant within one (1) year thereafter. The Right of First Refusal Agreement shall further provide that if the Premises is not so leased within the one (1) year period and thereafter Tenant desires to lease the Premises, it shall re-offer Landlord the right to purchase the Premises in accordance with the terms of the Right of First Refusal Agreement.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease on the Lease Date.
             
WITNESSES:   LANDLORD:    
 
           
    CD Partners L.L.C., a Michigan limited liability company    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Matthew Sosin    
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:   VP    
 
     
 
   
 
           
    TENANT:    
 
           
    Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a Michigan Banking Corporation    
 
           
/s/ Maggie Holmgren
  By:   /s/ Joseph Calvaruso    
 
     
 
   
 
           
/s/ Brett Hoover
  Its:   SVP    
 
     
 
   

21


 

Index of Exhibits
     
Exhibit A-1
  Floor Plan and Site Plan
 
Exhibit A-2
  Rent Schedule
 
Exhibit B
  Intentionally Omitted
 
Exhibit C
  Sign Criteria
 
Exhibit D
  Rules and Regulations
 
Exhibit E
  Form of Management Agreement

22


 

EXHIBIT A-1
FLOOR PLAN AND SITE PLAN

23


 

EXHIBIT A-2
RENT SCHEDULE
             
Annual Base Rent:
  Initial Term   Option Term (if exercised)
 
           
 
  Year 1: $159,084.00   Year 6: $188,580.00
 
  Year 2: $165,084.00   Year 7: $194,244.00
 
  Year 3: $171,084.00   Year 8: $200,064.00
 
  Year 4: $177,084.00   Year 9: $206,076.00
 
  Year 5: $183,096.00   Year 10: $212,256.00
 
           
Monthly Installment of Base Rent:        
 
           
 
  Year 1: $13,257.00   Year 6: $15,715.00
 
  Year 2: $13,757.00   Year 7: $16,187.00
 
  Year 3: $14,257.00   Year 8: $16,672.00
 
  Year 4: $14,757.00   Year 9: $17,173.00
 
  Year 5: $15,258.00   Year 10: $17,688.00

24


 

EXHIBIT B
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

25


 

EXHIBIT C
TENANT’S SIGN CRITERIA
Landlord and Tenant are working with the same sign company to design a tombstone and/or building sign for use by Tenant at the Premises. . Subject to approval by the City of Novi, Tenant is attempting to obtain a building sign with the following criteria:.
Building Sign:
24”H x 120”L Fabricated break-formed aluminum panel with 2” returns (sides) mounted to fascia with hidden brackets, exposed faces and sides painted Matthews Acrylic Polyurethane White. Client logos shall be cut from 1/4” plate aluminum, mechanically fastened with 1/8” studs, and stand off with 1/4” spacers. The client logos shall be full color to match their logo specifications. 3M Scotchcal vinyl may be used for aspects of the logo that cannot be cut from plate aluminum.
Suite Entrance Vinyl:
One set of surface applied 3M #7725-10 White vinyl copy shall be applied to the 21 1/2”H x 17 1/2”L Malachite Corian Plaques at each suite entrance. The suite number copy shall be Newtext Demi-Bold. There shall be a 3/16” rule line and the tenant logo shall be implemented below the rule line.
Directional vinyl:
One set of 3M #580-10 White reflective vinyl shall be applied to the directional signs. The tenant copy shall be in 2”H Helvetica Regular (extended) font.

26


 

EXHIBIT D
BUILDING RULES AND REGULATIONS
     Tenant shall comply with the following schedule of rules and regulations and take such actions as are necessary to ensure compliance by its agents, contractors and invitees. All rules and regulations set forth in this schedule shall be in addition to, and shall in no way limit, the provisions of the Lease.
No area of the Building shall be used for any purposes other than those for which they are designated. Except for microwave cooking, Tenant will not use the Premises for preparing or dispensing food, or soliciting of orders for sale, serving or distribution of food. No grilling or barbecuing is permitted on the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord
Soliciting, peddling and canvassing is prohibited on the Premises.
Nothing shall be attached to the interior or exterior of the Building other than normal. Landlord approved fixtures.
No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind (other than wheelchairs and seeing-eye dogs) shall be brought into the Building.
No marking, drilling, boring, cutting or defacing of the walls, floors or ceilings of the Building (other than the hanging of art work, diplomas and similar objects) shall be permitted, except as expressly provided to the contrary in the Lease.
The toilets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they are designed.
Chair mats must be used under all rolling or similar chairs. Tenant will be liable for the cost of new carpet if wear occurs from the failure to use chair mats.
8. Smoking is prohibited anywhere inside the Building. Smoking is prohibited outside the Building near the entry and exit ways, or in any other areas designed by Landlord.
Do not obstruct sidewalks, entrances, halls, elevators or stairways in or about the Building
Do not place objects against glass partitions, doors or windows which may be unsightly from the Building’s corridors, or from other areas of the Building.
After the locks have been changed by Tenant on the Commencement Date and keys have been delivered to Landlord, Tenant shall not install or change locks other than for the vault and Tenant’s information technology room located in the Premises. Landlord shall not have access to the vault or Tenant’s information technology room area without first obtaining Tenant’s consent and, at Tenant’s option, in the presence of Tenant’s designated representatives.
Machinery or mechanical devices which are not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises shall not be installed or operated.
Landlord shall not be responsible for any lost or stolen money or Premises.
The Premises shall not be used for sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.
Building windows may be cleaned at any reasonable time.
Tenant shall provide adequate waste and rubbish receptacles for the cleaning staff.
Landlord must approve any contractor rendering any service in the Premises before performance of any contractual services. All contractors must have a certificate of insurance on file with Landlord. No contractor shall interfere with other work being performed at the Premises, nor allow its employees or agents to interfere with such work.
Parking Regulations:

27


 

  (i)   Parkers will be expected to park their vehicles in an orderly manner within the marked stalls provided.
 
  (ii)   It is recommended that vehicles be left in a “brakes on, doors locked” condition at all times.
 
  (iii)   No vehicles will be allowed to park in any driveway area or in any manner which will interfere with the normal flow of traffic.
 
  (iv)   Vehicles parked illegally will be towed at the vehicles owner’s expense.
 
  (v)   Tenant agrees that all its employees have been fully informed as to the content of these regulations.
 
  (vi)   Landlord or Landlord’s agents and employees shall not be liable for and Tenant waives all claims through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in and upon the parking area.
 
  (vii)   All vehicles parked in the parking areas shall be in good condition and repair, driven and handled at the risk of the owner.
 
  (viii)   Vehicle owner or owner’s agents shall not wash, wax or otherwise clean or prep the interior/exterior of vehicles or perform any maintenance whatsoever on vehicles within the parking area or on any part of the parking lot servicing the Building.
 
  (ix)   In the event that vehicle owner’s use of the parking area violates any local, county or state law, regulation or ordinance, automobile owner’s right to utilize the parking area shall immediately cease.
 
  (x)   Parking areas shall not be used to store vehicles or for parking unduly large commercial or recreational vehicles.
The rules and regulations must be observed unless they are waived in writing by Landlord.
Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all the foregoing rules and regulations, as well as the applicable provisions of the Lease, by Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors and invitees. Landlord shall not be responsible for any violation of the .foregoing rules and regulations by other tenants of the Building and shall have no obligation to enforce the same against other tenants. Landlord shall have the right to amend these rules and regulations from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Lease.

28


 

EXHIBIT E
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS AGREEMENT, made this     day of                      , 20                      by and among Mercantile Bank Corporation, a Michigan corporation, (hereinafter referred to as the “Owner”) whose address is 28350 Cabot Drive, Novi, Michigan 48377, and Northern Equities Management Corporation, a Michigan corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Agent”) whose address is 39000 Country Club Drive Farmington Hills, Michigan 48331.
In consideration of the covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Appointment. The Owner hereby appoints the Agent, and the Agent hereby accepts appointment, on the terms and conditions hereinafter provided, as the Owner’s exclusive agent to manage, rent, lease and operate the Premises known as 28175 Cabot Drive, Novi, Michigan (hereinafter referred to as the “Premises”).
2. Term and Renewal. The term of this Agreement shall be five (5) years beginning on the date hereof, and shall thereafter automatically renew for one (1) additional five (5) year term with the same terms and conditions as are herein contained. Tenant shall only have the right to terminate this Agreement if Landlord is in material breach in the performance of its duties hereunder, and such material breach is not cured within thirty (30) days after the delivery of written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord, which notice shall provide with specificity the claimed material breach.
3. Responsibilities of Agent. The Owner agrees to give the Agent the following authority and powers (all or any of which may be exercised in the name of the Owner) and agrees to assume all expenses in connection therewith:
     3.1 To cause to be hired, paid and supervised all persons necessary to be employed in order to properly maintain and operate the Premises who, in such instance, shall be the Agent’s and not the Owner’s employees, and cause to be discharged all persons unnecessary or undesirable and execute and file all returns and other instruments and perform all acts required to the Agent as an employer with respect to the Premises;
     3.2 To cause the Premises to be maintained in such conditions as may be deemed advisable by the Owner, and cause routine repairs and incidental alterations of the building to be made, including, but not limited to, electrical, plumbing, carpentry, masonry and any other routine repairs and incidental alterations as may be required in the course of ordinary maintenance and care of the Premises. Repairs or alterations involving an expenditure in excess of Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000) for any one item shall be made only with the prior written approval of the Owner, except that emergency repairs, i.e., those immediately necessary for the preservation or safety of the Premises or for the safety of the tenants of the Premises or other persons, or required to avoid the suspension of any necessary service in or to the Premises may be made by the Agent irrespective of the cost thereof, without the prior approval of the Owner if the Agent makes a reasonable attempt to communicate with the Owner in order to obtain such approval;
     3.3 To bill and collect charges from tenants of the Premises, if any, consistent with their respective leases to pay all costs and expenses associated with the repair and maintenance of the Premises, and to direct such tenants to make such payments directly to Agent, provided Agent shall collect such funds for the benefit of Owner and as Owner’s Agent and not for its own account, although Agent may deposit such funds in its regular bank accounts;
     3.4 To recommend, and with the approval of the Owner, cause all such acts and things to be done in or about the Premises as shall be necessary or desirable to comply with any and all orders or notice of violations affecting the Premises placed thereon by any federal, state, county or municipal authority having jurisdiction thereover, except that if failure promptly to comply with any such order or violation would or might expose the Owner or the Agent to criminal liability, the Agent may cause such order or notice of violation to be complied with without the prior approval of the Owner if the Agent makes a reasonable attempt to communicate with the Owner to obtain such approval, it being understood that the Agent shall notify the Owner promptly after receipt of any order or notice of violation, as aforesaid;
     3.5 To enter into all necessary or desirable service contracts in respect of the repair and operation of the Premises, including without limitation contracts for electricity, gas, air conditioning, equipment maintenance, water treatment, janitorial, landscaping, window cleaning, rubbish removal, snow removal, fuel oil, detective agency

29


 

protection, vermin extermination, architects’ and engineers’ services required for the planning and supervision of Premises, but any such contract having a term longer than one (1) year or requiring an annual payment in excess of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) must be authorized by the Owner;
     3.6 To purchase all supplies, which shall be necessary to properly maintain and operate the Premises, and credit to the Owner any discounts or commissions obtained for purchases;
     3.7 To check all bills received for services, work and supplies ordered in connection with maintaining and operating the Premises and pay or cause all such bills to be paid from funds furnished by the Owner;
     3.8 Owner shall handle all insurance coverage for the Premises;
     3.9 To maintain in a manner customary and consistent with generally accepted accounting principles, a system of accounts to which shall be entered fully and accurately each and every financial transaction with respect to the operation of the Premises. To prepare and render to the Owner, annual statements of operations;
     3.10 To keep Owner informed of the financial status and physical condition of the Premises and other items that Owner should reasonably be made aware of;
     3.11 To cause to be prepared and filed all necessary forms relating to the maintenance and operation of the Premises required by any federal, state, county or municipal authority having jurisdiction thereover;
     3.12 To set up and maintain orderly files containing rent records, insurance policies, leases and subleases, correspondence, receipted bills and vouchers and all other documents and papers pertaining to the Premises and the operation and maintenance thereof, the same to be and at all times to remain the Premises of the Owner, and the Agent shall upon request of the Owner, make same available to the Owner, and the Owner’s accountants and attorneys;
     3.13 To cooperate with the Owner’s accountants and auditors in regard to the annual audit or any periodic audits of the books of the Owner.
     3.14 To cooperate with Owner’s accountants in regard to the preparation and filing on behalf of the Owner of federal, state, city and any other income and other filings required by any governmental authority;
     3.15 To generally, do all things reasonably deemed necessary or desirable for the proper management of the Premises;
     3.16 To collect its management fees from the Owner.
     3.17 To perform, for the Owner’s account and on its behalf, any lawful act and everything lawful and necessary or desirable in order to carry out the Agent’s agreements contained in this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that everything done by the Agent under the provisions of this Agreement shall be done as Agent of the Owner, and any and all reasonable obligations, costs or expenses incurred by the Agent in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement shall be borne by the Owner and not by the Agent. It is expressly understood, however, that the Agent shall not be compensated for (i) the costs incurred by the Agent in maintaining its own office staff, and (ii) its general overhead. Any payments made by the agent hereunder shall be made out of such funds as the Agent may from time to time hold for the account of the Owner or as may be provided by the Owner. The Agent shall not be obliged to make any advance to, or for the account of, the Owner or to pay any amount except out of funds held or provided aforesaid nor shall the Agent be obliged to incur any extraordinary liability or obligation unless the Owner shall furnish the Agent with the necessary funds for the discharge thereof.
     3.18 Agent (and any successor management company or anyone charged with the maintenance of the Premises) shall competitively bid, on an annual basis, all services rendered by all subcontractors and vendors of Agent who have annual contracts and shall use its best efforts to pass on savings incurred by the “buying power” of Agent.
     3.19 Agent shall provide the maintenance and service standards for the Premises, Building, grounds and surrounding grounds in accordance with class “A” building standards.

30


 

4. Banking. All funds of the Owner in the possession of the Agent shall be held by the Agent for the Owner, in trust, and shall be deposited by the Agent in Owner’s bank located at the Premises.
5. Compensation. All compensation payable to the Agent for its services hereunder shall be payable by the Owner in accordance with the attached fee schedule [to be prepared consistent with the terms of Section 26.11 of the Lease].
6. Indemnity. The Owner shall indemnify, defend and save the Agent harmless from and against all claims, losses, costs and liabilities arising out of damage to Premises, or injury to, or death of persons (including the Premises and persons of the parties hereto, and their agents, subcontractors and employees) occasioned by or in connection with the use, management, operation, ownership, maintenance or control of the Premises unless caused by a material breach of this agreement by Agent.
7. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Agent without the prior written consent of the Owner, which will not be unreasonably conditioned or withheld. Subject to the provisions hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and obligations contained in this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the Owner and the Agent to the same extent as if each successor and assign were in each case named as a party to this Agreement.
8. Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
9. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan.
10. Notices. All notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served or sent by either party to the other, shall be in writing and delivered personally or by certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, at the address first above mentioned. A party may change the name or address for the giving of notice provided above by written notice to the other party.
11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents to which reference in it has been made, shall be construed together and constitute the entire, full and complete agreement between the Owner and the Agent, and there are no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, oral or otherwise, between the parties not embodied herein, which are of any force or effect.
12. Modifications. This Agreement may not be changed or modified except by written document signed by both the Owner and the Agent.
(signatures begin on the next page)

31


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
WITNESSED BY:
                 
        Mercantile Bank OF MICHIGAN,    
        a Michigan Banking Corporation    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
      Its:        
 
         
 
   
 
               “OWNER”    
 
               
        NORTHERN EQUITIES MANAGEMENT    
        CORPORATION, a Michigan corporation,    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
         
 
     Neil J. Sosin, President

     “AGENT”
   

32

 

EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF MERCANTILE BANK CORPORATION
Mercantile Bank of Michigan, a Michigan banking corporation
     Wholly-owned bank subsidiary of Mercantile Bank Corporation
Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I
     A Delaware business trust subsidiary of Mercantile Bank Corporation
Mercantile Bank Mortgage Company, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company
     99% owned by Mercantile Bank of Michigan and 1% owned by Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc.
Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc, a Michigan business corporation
     Wholly-owned subsidiary of Mercantile Bank of Michigan
Mercantile Bank Real Estate Co., LLC, a Michigan limited liability company
     99% owned by Mercantile Bank of Michigan and 1% owned by Mercantile Insurance Center, Inc.
All five of the subsidiaries named above with the exception of Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I were organized under the laws of the State of Michigan. Mercantile Bank Capital Trust I was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

1

 

EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (Registration Nos. 333-59154, 333-103376, 333-0108929, and 333-107814) and Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 333-52620, 333-91434, 333-99853 333-103242, 333-117763, 333-119767 and 333-138328) of Mercantile Bank Corporation of our reports dated February 25, 2008 relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of Mercantile Bank Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
/s/ BDO Seidman, LLP          
BDO Seidman, LLP
Grand Rapids, Michigan
March 13, 2008

1

 

EXHIBIT 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Mercantile Bank Corporation on Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 333-52620, 333-91434, 333-99853, 333-103242, 333-117763, 333-119767 and 333-138328) and Form S-3 (Registration Nos. 333-59154, 333-103376, 333-108929, and 333-107814) of our report dated February 20, 2007 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Mercantile Bank Corporation as of December 31, 2006 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, which report is included in the 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Mercantile Bank Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2007.
         
 
  /s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC    
 
       
 
  Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
   
 
       
Grand Rapids, Michigan
       
March 11, 2008
       

1

 

EXHIBIT 31
RULE 13a-14(a) CERTIFICATIONS
I, Michael H. Price, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Mercantile Bank Corporation, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Mercantile Bank Corporation (the “registrant”);
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: March 6, 2008  /s/ Michael H. Price    
  Michael H. Price   
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

1


 

I, Charles E. Christmas, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Mercantile Bank Corporation, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Mercantile Bank Corporation (the “registrant”);
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: March 6, 2008  /s/ Charles E. Christmas    
  Charles E. Christmas.   
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   
 

1

 

EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     This certification is provided pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. § 1350, and accompanies the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “Form 10-K”) of Mercantile Bank Corporation (the “Issuer”).
     I, Michael H. Price, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Issuer, certify that to my knowledge:
  (i)   the Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and
 
  (ii)   the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.
         
     
Dated: March 6, 2008  /s/ Michael H. Price    
  Michael H. Price.   
  Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

1

 

EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     This certification is provided pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. § 1350, and accompanies the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “Form 10-K”) of Mercantile Bank Corporation (the “Issuer”).
     I, Charles E. Christmas, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Issuer, certify that to my knowledge:
  (i)   the Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and
 
  (ii)   the information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer.
         
     
Dated: March 6, 2008  /s/ Charles E. Christmas    
  Charles E. Christmas   
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   
 

1